SemaDecl.cpp revision 5ebcb20b0331a6e64c213f0bb5f4bed9a9e8eb34
1//===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11// 12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15#include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 16#include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 17#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 18#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 19#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 20#include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 21#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 22#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 23#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 24#include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 25#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 26#include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 27#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 28#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 29#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 30#include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 31#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 32#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 33#include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 34#include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 35#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 36#include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 37#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 38#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 39#include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 40#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 41#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 42#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 43#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 44#include <algorithm> 45#include <cstring> 46#include <functional> 47using namespace clang; 48using namespace sema; 49 50Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 51 if (OwnedType) { 52 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 53 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 54 } 55 56 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 57} 58 59namespace { 60 61class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 62 public: 63 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false) 64 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass) { 65 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 66 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 67 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 68 } 69 70 virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) { 71 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) 72 return (isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND)) && 73 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 74 else 75 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 76 } 77 78 private: 79 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 80 bool WantClassName; 81}; 82 83} 84 85/// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 86bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 87 switch (Kind) { 88 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 89 // token kind is a valid type specifier 90 case tok::kw_short: 91 case tok::kw_long: 92 case tok::kw___int64: 93 case tok::kw___int128: 94 case tok::kw_signed: 95 case tok::kw_unsigned: 96 case tok::kw_void: 97 case tok::kw_char: 98 case tok::kw_int: 99 case tok::kw_half: 100 case tok::kw_float: 101 case tok::kw_double: 102 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 103 case tok::kw_bool: 104 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 105 return true; 106 107 case tok::annot_typename: 108 case tok::kw_char16_t: 109 case tok::kw_char32_t: 110 case tok::kw_typeof: 111 case tok::kw_decltype: 112 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 113 114 default: 115 break; 116 } 117 118 return false; 119} 120 121/// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 122/// return the declaration of that type. 123/// 124/// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 125/// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 126/// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 127/// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 128/// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 129/// 130/// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain 131/// and then return NULL. 132ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 133 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 134 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 135 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 136 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 137 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 138 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 139 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 140 DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0; 141 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 142 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 143 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 144 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 145 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 146 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 147 148 if (!LookupCtx) { 149 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 150 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 151 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 152 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 153 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 154 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 155 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 156 // 157 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 158 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 159 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 160 return ParsedType(); 161 162 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 163 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 164 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 165 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 166 167 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 168 QualType T = 169 CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 170 II, NameLoc); 171 172 return ParsedType::make(T); 173 } 174 175 return ParsedType(); 176 } 177 178 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 179 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 180 return ParsedType(); 181 } 182 183 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 184 // lookup for class-names. 185 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 186 LookupOrdinaryName; 187 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 188 if (LookupCtx) { 189 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 190 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 191 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 192 // nested-name-specifier. 193 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 194 195 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 196 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 197 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 198 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 199 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 200 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 201 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 202 LookupName(Result, S); 203 } 204 } else { 205 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 206 LookupName(Result, S); 207 } 208 209 NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0; 210 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 211 case LookupResult::NotFound: 212 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 213 if (CorrectedII) { 214 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(true, isClassName); 215 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 216 Kind, S, SS, Validator); 217 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 218 TemplateTy Template; 219 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 220 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 221 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 222 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 223 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 224 if (SS && NNS) { 225 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 226 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 227 } 228 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 229 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 230 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 231 // is handled elsewhere). 232 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 233 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(), 234 false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 235 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 236 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 237 IsCtorOrDtorName, 238 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 239 if (Ty) { 240 std::string CorrectedStr(Correction.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 241 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr( 242 Correction.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 243 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 244 << Result.getLookupName() << CorrectedQuotedStr << isClassName 245 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc), 246 CorrectedStr); 247 if (NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Correction.getCorrectionDecl()) 248 Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 249 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 250 251 if (SS && NNS) 252 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 253 *CorrectedII = NewII; 254 return Ty; 255 } 256 } 257 } 258 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 259 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 260 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 261 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 262 return ParsedType(); 263 264 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 265 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 266 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 267 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 268 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 269 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 270 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 271 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 272 return ParsedType(); 273 } 274 275 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 276 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 277 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 278 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 279 if (!IIDecl || 280 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 281 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 282 IIDecl = *Res; 283 } 284 } 285 286 if (!IIDecl) { 287 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 288 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 289 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 290 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 291 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 292 // a type name. 293 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 294 return ParsedType(); 295 } 296 297 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 298 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 299 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 300 // perform the name lookup again. 301 break; 302 303 case LookupResult::Found: 304 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 305 break; 306 } 307 308 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 309 310 QualType T; 311 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 312 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 313 314 if (T.isNull()) 315 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 316 317 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 318 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 319 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 320 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 321 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 322 // Construct a type with type-source information. 323 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 324 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 325 326 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 327 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 328 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 329 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 330 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 331 } else { 332 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 333 } 334 } 335 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 336 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 337 if (!HasTrailingDot) 338 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 339 } 340 341 if (T.isNull()) { 342 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 343 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 344 return ParsedType(); 345 } 346 return ParsedType::make(T); 347} 348 349/// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 350/// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 351/// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 352/// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 353/// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 354DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 355 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 356 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 357 LookupName(R, S, false); 358 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 359 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 360 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 361 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 362 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 363 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 364 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 365 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 366 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 367 } 368 } 369 370 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 371} 372 373/// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 374/// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 375/// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 376/// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 377/// @code 378/// template<class T> class A { 379/// public: 380/// typedef int TYPE; 381/// }; 382/// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 383/// public: 384/// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 385/// }; 386/// @endcode 387bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 388 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 389 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 390 391 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 392 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base = RD->bases_begin(), 393 BaseEnd = RD->bases_end(); Base != BaseEnd; ++Base) 394 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base->getType())) 395 return true; 396 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 397 } 398 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 399} 400 401bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 402 SourceLocation IILoc, 403 Scope *S, 404 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 405 ParsedType &SuggestedType) { 406 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 407 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 408 409 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 410 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 411 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(false); 412 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), 413 LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 414 Validator)) { 415 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 416 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 417 418 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 419 // We corrected to a keyword. 420 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 421 if (!isSimpleTypeSpecifier(NewII->getTokenID())) 422 CorrectedQuotedStr = "the keyword " + CorrectedQuotedStr; 423 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 424 << II << CorrectedQuotedStr 425 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr); 426 II = NewII; 427 } else { 428 NamedDecl *Result = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 429 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 430 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) 431 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 432 << II << CorrectedQuotedStr 433 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr); 434 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 435 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 436 << II << DC << CorrectedQuotedStr << SS->getRange() 437 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Corrected.getCorrectionRange(), 438 CorrectedStr); 439 else 440 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 441 442 Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 443 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 444 445 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS, 446 false, false, ParsedType(), 447 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 448 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 449 } 450 return true; 451 } 452 453 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 454 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 455 UnqualifiedId Name; 456 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 457 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 458 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 459 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 460 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 461 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 462 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 463 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>(); 464 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 465 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 466 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 467 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 468 } 469 return true; 470 } 471 } 472 473 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 474 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 475 476 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 477 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 478 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 479 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 480 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 481 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 482 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 483 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 484 DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing; 485 486 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 487 << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 488 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 489 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 490 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 491 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 492 } else { 493 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 494 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 495 } 496 497 return true; 498} 499 500/// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 501/// or 502static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 503 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 504 NextToken.is(tok::less); 505 506 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 507 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 508 return true; 509 510 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 511 return true; 512 } 513 514 return false; 515} 516 517static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 518 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 519 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 520 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 521 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 522 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 523 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 524 const char *TagName = 0; 525 const char *FixItTagName = 0; 526 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 527 case TTK_Class: 528 TagName = "class"; 529 FixItTagName = "class "; 530 break; 531 532 case TTK_Enum: 533 TagName = "enum"; 534 FixItTagName = "enum "; 535 break; 536 537 case TTK_Struct: 538 TagName = "struct"; 539 FixItTagName = "struct "; 540 break; 541 542 case TTK_Interface: 543 TagName = "__interface"; 544 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 545 break; 546 547 case TTK_Union: 548 TagName = "union"; 549 FixItTagName = "union "; 550 break; 551 } 552 553 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 554 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 555 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 556 557 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 558 I != IEnd; ++I) 559 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 560 << Name << TagName; 561 562 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 563 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 564 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 565 return true; 566 } 567 568 return false; 569} 570 571/// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 572static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 573 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 574 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 575 576 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 577 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 578 579 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 580 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 581 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 582 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 583 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 584} 585 586Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, 587 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 588 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 589 SourceLocation NameLoc, 590 const Token &NextToken, 591 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 592 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) { 593 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 594 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 595 596 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 597 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 598 QualType(), false, SS, 0, false); 599 600 } 601 602 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 603 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 604 605 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 606 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 607 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 608 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 609 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 610 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 611 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 612 return E; 613 } 614 615 bool SecondTry = false; 616 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 617 618Corrected: 619 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 620 case LookupResult::NotFound: 621 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 622 // call. 623 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 624 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 625 // FIXME: Reference? 626 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 627 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 628 629 // C90 6.3.2.2: 630 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 631 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 632 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 633 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 634 // the function call, the declaration 635 // 636 // extern int identifier (); 637 // 638 // appeared. 639 // 640 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 641 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 642 Result.addDecl(D); 643 Result.resolveKind(); 644 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 645 } 646 } 647 648 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 649 // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", 650 // "struct", or "union". 651 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 652 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 653 break; 654 } 655 656 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 657 // close to this name. 658 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 659 SecondTry = true; 660 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 661 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 662 &SS, *CCC)) { 663 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 664 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 665 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 666 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 667 668 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 669 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl 670 = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : 0; 671 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 672 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 673 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 674 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 675 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 676 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 677 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 678 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 679 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 680 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 681 } 682 683 if (SS.isEmpty()) 684 Diag(NameLoc, UnqualifiedDiag) 685 << Name << CorrectedQuotedStr 686 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, CorrectedStr); 687 else // FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 688 Diag(NameLoc, QualifiedDiag) 689 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << CorrectedQuotedStr 690 << SS.getRange() 691 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Corrected.getCorrectionRange(), 692 CorrectedStr); 693 694 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 695 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 696 697 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 698 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 699 return Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 700 701 // Also update the LookupResult... 702 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 703 Result.clear(); 704 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 705 if (FirstDecl) { 706 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 707 Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 708 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 709 } 710 711 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 712 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 713 // reference the ivar. 714 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 715 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 716 Result.clear(); 717 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 718 return E; 719 } 720 721 goto Corrected; 722 } 723 } 724 725 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 726 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 727 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 728 729 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 730 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 731 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 732 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 733 734 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 735 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 736 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 737 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 738 // qualified by the keyword typename. 739 // 740 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 741 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 742 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 743 // keyword here. 744 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 745 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 746 /*TemplateArgs=*/0); 747 } 748 749 case LookupResult::Found: 750 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 751 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 752 break; 753 754 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 755 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 756 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 757 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 758 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 759 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 760 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 761 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 762 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 763 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 764 // ambiguous. 765 // 766 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 767 // so try again after filtering out template names. 768 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 769 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 770 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 771 break; 772 } 773 } 774 775 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 776 return NameClassification::Error(); 777 } 778 779 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 780 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 781 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 782 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 783 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 784 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 785 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 786 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 787 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 788 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 789 790 if (!Result.empty()) { 791 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 792 TemplateName Template; 793 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 794 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 795 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 796 Result.end()); 797 } else { 798 TemplateDecl *TD 799 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 800 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 801 802 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 803 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 804 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 805 TD); 806 else 807 Template = TemplateName(TD); 808 } 809 810 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 811 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 812 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 813 // to based on which function we selected. 814 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 815 816 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 817 } 818 819 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 820 } 821 } 822 823 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 824 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 825 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 826 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 827 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 828 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 829 return ParsedType::make(T); 830 } 831 832 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 833 if (!Class) { 834 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 835 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias 836 = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 837 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 838 } 839 840 if (Class) { 841 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 842 843 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 844 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 845 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 846 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 847 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 848 } 849 850 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 851 return ParsedType::make(T); 852 } 853 854 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 855 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 856 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 857 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 858 859 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 860 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 861 if (!getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 862 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star); 863 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 864 (NextIsOp && FirstDecl->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 865 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 866 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 867 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 868 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 869 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 870 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 871 return ParsedType::make(T); 872 } 873 } 874 875 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 876 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 0); 877 878 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 879 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 880} 881 882// Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 883// context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 884// exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 885DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 886 887 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 888 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 889 // the context we'll need to return to. 890 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) { 891 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 892 893 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 894 // lexical context. 895 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 896 return DC; 897 898 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 899 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 900 // class is the context we need to return to. 901 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 902 DC = RD; 903 904 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 905 // declared in. 906 return DC; 907 } 908 909 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 910} 911 912void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 913 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 914 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 915 CurContext = DC; 916 S->setEntity(DC); 917} 918 919void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 920 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 921 922 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 923 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 924} 925 926/// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 927/// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 928/// 929void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 930 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 931 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 932 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 933 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 934 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 935 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 936 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 937 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 938 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 939 // namespace. 940 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 941 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 942 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 943 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 944 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 945 946 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 947 948#ifndef NDEBUG 949 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 950 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 951 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 952#endif 953 954 CurContext = DC; 955 S->setEntity(DC); 956} 957 958void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 959 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 960 961 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 962 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 963 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 964 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 965 CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity(); 966 967 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 968 // disappear. 969} 970 971 972void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 973 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 974 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *TFD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) { 975 // We assume that the caller has already called 976 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope 977 FD = TFD->getTemplatedDecl(); 978 } 979 if (!FD) 980 return; 981 982 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 983 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 984 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 985 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 986 CurContext = FD; 987 S->setEntity(CurContext); 988 989 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 990 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 991 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 992 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 993 S->AddDecl(Param); 994 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 995 } 996 } 997} 998 999 1000void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1001 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1002 // rather than the top-level class. 1003 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1004 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1005 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1006} 1007 1008 1009/// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1010/// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1011/// 1012/// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1013/// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1014/// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1015/// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1016/// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1017/// attribute. 1018static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1019 ASTContext &Context) { 1020 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1021 return true; 1022 1023 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1024 return true; 1025 1026 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1027 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1028} 1029 1030/// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1031void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1032 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1033 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1034 // scope. 1035 while (S->getEntity() && 1036 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) 1037 S = S->getParent(); 1038 1039 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1040 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1041 // into any context. 1042 if (AddToContext) 1043 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1044 1045 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++. 1046 // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C. 1047 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) && 1048 D->isOutOfLine() && 1049 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1050 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 1051 return; 1052 1053 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1054 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1055 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1056 return; 1057 1058 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1059 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1060 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1061 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1062 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1063 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1064 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1065 1066 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1067 break; 1068 } 1069 } 1070 1071 S->AddDecl(D); 1072 1073 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1074 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1075 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1076 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1077 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1078 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1079 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1080 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1081 continue; 1082 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1083 break; 1084 } 1085 1086 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1087 } else { 1088 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1089 } 1090} 1091 1092void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1093 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1094 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1095} 1096 1097bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1098 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 1099 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, 1100 ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 1101} 1102 1103Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1104 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1105 do { 1106 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = (DeclContext*) S->getEntity()) 1107 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1108 return S; 1109 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1110 1111 return 0; 1112} 1113 1114static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1115 DeclContext*, 1116 ASTContext&); 1117 1118/// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1119/// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1120void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, 1121 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1122 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1123 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 1124 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1125 while (F.hasNext()) { 1126 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1127 1128 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization)) 1129 continue; 1130 1131 if (ConsiderLinkage && 1132 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1133 continue; 1134 1135 F.erase(); 1136 } 1137 1138 F.done(); 1139} 1140 1141static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1142 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1143 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1144 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1145} 1146 1147/// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1148static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1149 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1150 while (F.hasNext()) 1151 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1152 F.erase(); 1153 1154 F.done(); 1155} 1156 1157/// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1158/// @code 1159/// class S { 1160/// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1161/// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1162/// }; 1163/// @endcode 1164static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1165 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1166 // the decl here. 1167 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1168 return false; 1169 1170 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1171 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1172 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1173 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1174 return false; 1175} 1176 1177bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1178 assert(D); 1179 1180 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1181 return false; 1182 1183 // Ignore class templates. 1184 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1185 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1186 return false; 1187 1188 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1189 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1190 return false; 1191 1192 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1193 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1194 return false; 1195 } else { 1196 // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn. 1197 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1198 FD->isInlineSpecified()) 1199 return false; 1200 } 1201 1202 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1203 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1204 return false; 1205 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1206 // Don't warn on variables of const-qualified or reference type, since their 1207 // values can be used even if though they're not odr-used, and because const 1208 // qualified variables can appear in headers in contexts where they're not 1209 // intended to be used. 1210 // FIXME: Use more principled rules for these exemptions. 1211 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl() || 1212 VD->getType().isConstQualified() || 1213 VD->getType()->isReferenceType() || 1214 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1215 return false; 1216 1217 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1218 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1219 return false; 1220 1221 } else { 1222 return false; 1223 } 1224 1225 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1226 if (D->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage) 1227 return false; 1228 1229 return true; 1230} 1231 1232void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1233 if (!D) 1234 return; 1235 1236 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1237 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1238 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1239 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1240 } 1241 1242 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1243 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1244 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1245 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1246 } 1247 1248 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1249 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1250} 1251 1252static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1253 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1254 return false; 1255 1256 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1257 return false; 1258 1259 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1260 return true; 1261 1262 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1263 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) || 1264 !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1265 return false; 1266 1267 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1268 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1269 1270 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1271 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1272 1273 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1274 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1275 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1276 return false; 1277 } 1278 1279 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1280 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1281 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1282 return false; 1283 1284 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1285 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1286 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1287 return false; 1288 1289 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1290 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) 1291 return false; 1292 1293 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1294 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1295 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1296 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1297 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1298 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1299 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1300 if (!CD->isTrivial()) 1301 return false; 1302 } 1303 } 1304 } 1305 } 1306 1307 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1308 } 1309 1310 return true; 1311} 1312 1313static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1314 FixItHint &Hint) { 1315 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1316 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1317 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1318 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1319 return; 1320 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1321 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1322 } 1323 return; 1324} 1325 1326/// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1327/// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1328void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1329 FixItHint Hint; 1330 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1331 return; 1332 1333 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1334 1335 unsigned DiagID; 1336 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1337 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1338 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1339 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1340 else 1341 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1342 1343 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1344} 1345 1346static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1347 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1348 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1349 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt. 1350 if (L->getStmt() == 0) 1351 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1352} 1353 1354void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1355 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1356 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1357 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1358 1359 for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end(); 1360 I != E; ++I) { 1361 Decl *TmpD = (*I); 1362 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1363 1364 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1365 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1366 1367 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1368 1369 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1370 if (!S->hasErrorOccurred()) 1371 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1372 1373 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1374 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1375 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1376 1377 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1378 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1379 } 1380} 1381 1382void Sema::ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator() { 1383 ++InFunctionDeclarator; 1384} 1385 1386void Sema::ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator() { 1387 assert(InFunctionDeclarator); 1388 --InFunctionDeclarator; 1389} 1390 1391/// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1392/// 1393/// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1394/// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1395/// to the fixed name. 1396/// 1397/// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1398/// 1399/// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1400/// if there is no class with the given name. 1401/// 1402/// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1403/// class could not be found. 1404ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1405 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1406 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1407 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1408 // creation from this context. 1409 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1410 1411 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1412 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1413 // find an Objective-C class name. 1414 DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> Validator; 1415 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), 1416 LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, NULL, 1417 Validator)) { 1418 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1419 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) 1420 << Id << IDecl->getDeclName() 1421 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString()); 1422 Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 1423 << IDecl->getDeclName(); 1424 1425 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1426 } 1427 } 1428 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1429 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1430 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1431 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1432 return Def; 1433} 1434 1435/// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1436/// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1437/// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1438/// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1439/// ill-formed in C++: 1440/// @code 1441/// struct S6 { 1442/// enum { BAR } e; 1443/// }; 1444/// 1445/// void test_S6() { 1446/// struct S6 a; 1447/// a.e = BAR; 1448/// } 1449/// @endcode 1450/// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1451/// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1452/// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1453/// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1454/// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1455/// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1456/// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1457/// contain non-field names. 1458Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1459 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1460 (S->getEntity() && 1461 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) || 1462 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1463 S = S->getParent(); 1464 return S; 1465} 1466 1467/// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1468/// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1469/// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1470/// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1471static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1472 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1473 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1474 return; 1475 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1476 1477 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1478 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1479 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1480 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1481 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1482 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1483} 1484 1485/// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1486/// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1487/// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1488/// built-in. 1489NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid, 1490 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1491 SourceLocation Loc) { 1492 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1493 1494 Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid; 1495 1496 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1497 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error); 1498 switch (Error) { 1499 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1500 // Okay 1501 break; 1502 1503 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1504 if (ForRedeclaration) 1505 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio) 1506 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1507 return 0; 1508 1509 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1510 if (ForRedeclaration) 1511 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp) 1512 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1513 return 0; 1514 1515 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1516 if (ForRedeclaration) 1517 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_ucontext) 1518 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1519 return 0; 1520 } 1521 1522 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) { 1523 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1524 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID) 1525 << R; 1526 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) && 1527 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc) 1528 != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 1529 Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header) 1530 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) 1531 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1532 } 1533 1534 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1535 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 1536 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0, 1537 SC_Extern, 1538 SC_None, false, 1539 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 1540 New->setImplicit(); 1541 1542 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1543 // FunctionDecl. 1544 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1545 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1546 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) { 1547 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1548 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 1549 SourceLocation(), 0, 1550 FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0, 1551 SC_None, SC_None, 0); 1552 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1553 Params.push_back(parm); 1554 } 1555 New->setParams(Params); 1556 } 1557 1558 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1559 1560 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1561 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1562 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1563 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1564 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1565 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1566 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1567 CurContext = SavedContext; 1568 return New; 1569} 1570 1571/// \brief Filter out any previous declarations that the given declaration 1572/// should not consider because they are not permitted to conflict, e.g., 1573/// because they come from hidden sub-modules and do not refer to the same 1574/// entity. 1575static void filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(ASTContext &context, 1576 NamedDecl *decl, 1577 LookupResult &previous){ 1578 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1579 if (!context.getLangOpts().Modules) 1580 return; 1581 1582 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1583 if (previous.empty()) 1584 return; 1585 1586 // If this declaration has external 1587 bool hasExternalLinkage = (decl->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage); 1588 1589 LookupResult::Filter filter = previous.makeFilter(); 1590 while (filter.hasNext()) { 1591 NamedDecl *old = filter.next(); 1592 1593 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1594 if (!old->isHidden()) 1595 continue; 1596 1597 // If either has no-external linkage, ignore the old declaration. 1598 if (!hasExternalLinkage || old->getLinkage() != ExternalLinkage) 1599 filter.erase(); 1600 } 1601 1602 filter.done(); 1603} 1604 1605bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1606 QualType OldType; 1607 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1608 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1609 else 1610 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1611 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1612 1613 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1614 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1615 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1616 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1617 << Kind << NewType; 1618 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1619 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1620 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1621 return true; 1622 } 1623 1624 if (OldType != NewType && 1625 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1626 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1627 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1628 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1629 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1630 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1631 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1632 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1633 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1634 return true; 1635 } 1636 return false; 1637} 1638 1639/// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1640/// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1641/// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1642/// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1643/// 1644void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1645 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1646 // merging checks. 1647 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1648 1649 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1650 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1651 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 1652 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1653 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1654 default: break; 1655 case 2: 1656 { 1657 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1658 break; 1659 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1660 if (!T->isPointerType()) 1661 break; 1662 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 1663 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1664 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 1665 break; 1666 } 1667 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 1668 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1669 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1670 return; 1671 } 1672 case 5: 1673 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1674 break; 1675 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1676 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1677 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1678 return; 1679 case 3: 1680 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1681 break; 1682 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1683 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1684 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1685 return; 1686 } 1687 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1688 } 1689 1690 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1691 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1692 if (!Old) { 1693 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1694 << New->getDeclName(); 1695 1696 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1697 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1698 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1699 1700 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1701 } 1702 1703 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1704 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1705 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1706 1707 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1708 // with any extensions enabled. 1709 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 1710 return; 1711 1712 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain if the old 1713 // declaration was a typedef. 1714 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1715 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Typedef); 1716 1717 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 1718 return; 1719 1720 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1721 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1722 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1723 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1724 // to the type to which it already refers. 1725 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 1726 return; 1727 1728 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 1729 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 1730 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 1731 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 1732 // 1733 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 1734 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 1735 // 1736 // struct S { 1737 // typedef struct A { } A; 1738 // }; 1739 // 1740 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 1741 // allow the above but disallow 1742 // 1743 // struct S { 1744 // typedef int I; 1745 // typedef int I; 1746 // }; 1747 // 1748 // since that was the intent of DR56. 1749 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1750 return; 1751 1752 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1753 << New->getDeclName(); 1754 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1755 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1756 } 1757 1758 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 1759 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 1760 return; 1761 1762 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 1763 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 1764 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 1765 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 1766 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 1767 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 1768 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 1769 return; 1770 1771 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef) 1772 << New->getDeclName(); 1773 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1774 return; 1775} 1776 1777/// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 1778/// attribute. 1779static bool 1780DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 1781 // There can be multiple AvailabilityAttr in a Decl. Make sure we copy 1782 // all of them. It is mergeAvailabilityAttr in SemaDeclAttr.cpp that is 1783 // responsible for making sure they are consistent. 1784 const AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(A); 1785 if (AA) 1786 return false; 1787 1788 // The following thread safety attributes can also be duplicated. 1789 switch (A->getKind()) { 1790 case attr::ExclusiveLocksRequired: 1791 case attr::SharedLocksRequired: 1792 case attr::LocksExcluded: 1793 case attr::ExclusiveLockFunction: 1794 case attr::SharedLockFunction: 1795 case attr::UnlockFunction: 1796 case attr::ExclusiveTrylockFunction: 1797 case attr::SharedTrylockFunction: 1798 case attr::GuardedBy: 1799 case attr::PtGuardedBy: 1800 case attr::AcquiredBefore: 1801 case attr::AcquiredAfter: 1802 return false; 1803 default: 1804 ; 1805 } 1806 1807 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 1808 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 1809 for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i) 1810 if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 1811 if (Ann) { 1812 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(*i)->getAnnotation()) 1813 return true; 1814 continue; 1815 } 1816 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 1817 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i)) 1818 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind(); 1819 return true; 1820 } 1821 1822 return false; 1823} 1824 1825bool Sema::mergeDeclAttribute(NamedDecl *D, InheritableAttr *Attr, 1826 bool Override) { 1827 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = NULL; 1828 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 1829 if (AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 1830 NewAttr = mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 1831 AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(), 1832 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 1833 AA->getMessage(), Override, 1834 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1835 else if (VisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 1836 NewAttr = mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 1837 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1838 else if (DLLImportAttr *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 1839 NewAttr = mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 1840 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1841 else if (DLLExportAttr *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 1842 NewAttr = mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 1843 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1844 else if (FormatAttr *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 1845 NewAttr = mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 1846 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 1847 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1848 else if (SectionAttr *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 1849 NewAttr = mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 1850 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1851 else if (!DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 1852 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(Context)); 1853 1854 if (NewAttr) { 1855 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 1856 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 1857 return true; 1858 } 1859 1860 return false; 1861} 1862 1863static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 1864 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 1865 return TD->getDefinition(); 1866 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 1867 return VD->getDefinition(); 1868 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1869 const FunctionDecl* Def; 1870 if (FD->hasBody(Def)) 1871 return Def; 1872 } 1873 return NULL; 1874} 1875 1876static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 1877 for (Decl::attr_iterator I = D->attr_begin(), E = D->attr_end(); 1878 I != E; ++I) { 1879 Attr *Attribute = *I; 1880 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 1881 return true; 1882 } 1883 return false; 1884} 1885 1886/// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 1887/// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 1888static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 1889 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 1890 return; 1891 1892 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 1893 if (!Def || Def == New) 1894 return; 1895 1896 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 1897 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 1898 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 1899 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 1900 ++I; 1901 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 1902 } 1903 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 1904 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 1905 ++I; 1906 continue; 1907 } 1908 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 1909 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 1910 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1911 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 1912 --E; 1913 } 1914} 1915 1916/// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 1917void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 1918 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 1919 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 1920 return; 1921 1922 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 1923 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 1924 1925 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 1926 return; 1927 1928 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 1929 1930 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 1931 // we process them. 1932 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1933 1934 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableAttr> 1935 i = Old->specific_attr_begin<InheritableAttr>(), 1936 e = Old->specific_attr_end<InheritableAttr>(); 1937 i != e; ++i) { 1938 bool Override = false; 1939 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 1940 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(*i) || 1941 isa<UnavailableAttr>(*i) || 1942 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(*i)) { 1943 switch (AMK) { 1944 case AMK_None: 1945 continue; 1946 1947 case AMK_Redeclaration: 1948 break; 1949 1950 case AMK_Override: 1951 Override = true; 1952 break; 1953 } 1954 } 1955 1956 if (mergeDeclAttribute(New, *i, Override)) 1957 foundAny = true; 1958 } 1959 1960 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 1961} 1962 1963/// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 1964/// to the new one. 1965static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 1966 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 1967 Sema &S) { 1968 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 1969 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 1970 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 1971 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 1972 if (newDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>() && 1973 !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 1974 S.Diag(newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()->getLocation(), 1975 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 1976 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 1977 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 1978 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 1979 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDeclaration(); 1980 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 1981 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 1982 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 1983 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 1984 } 1985 1986 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 1987 return; 1988 1989 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 1990 1991 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 1992 // done before we process them. 1993 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1994 1995 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableParamAttr> 1996 i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableParamAttr>(), 1997 e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableParamAttr>(); i != e; ++i) { 1998 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) { 1999 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2000 cast<InheritableParamAttr>((*i)->clone(S.Context)); 2001 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2002 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2003 foundAny = true; 2004 } 2005 } 2006 2007 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2008} 2009 2010namespace { 2011 2012/// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2013/// C. 2014struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2015 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2016 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2017 QualType PromotedType; 2018}; 2019 2020} 2021 2022/// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2023Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2024 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2025 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2026 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2027 2028 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2029 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2030 2031 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2032 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2033 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2034 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2035 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2036 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2037 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2038 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2039 } 2040 2041 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2042} 2043 2044/// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2045/// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2046/// GNU89 mode. 2047static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2048 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2049 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2050 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2051 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2052 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2053} 2054 2055/// Is the given calling convention the ABI default for the given 2056/// declaration? 2057static bool isABIDefaultCC(Sema &S, CallingConv CC, FunctionDecl *D) { 2058 CallingConv ABIDefaultCC; 2059 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D) && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isInstance()) { 2060 ABIDefaultCC = S.Context.getDefaultCXXMethodCallConv(D->isVariadic()); 2061 } else { 2062 // Free C function or a static method. 2063 ABIDefaultCC = (S.Context.getLangOpts().MRTD ? CC_X86StdCall : CC_C); 2064 } 2065 return ABIDefaultCC == CC; 2066} 2067 2068/// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2069/// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2070/// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2071/// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2072/// 2073/// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2074/// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2075/// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2076/// merged with. 2077/// 2078/// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2079bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD, Scope *S) { 2080 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2081 FunctionDecl *Old = 0; 2082 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate 2083 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD)) 2084 Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); 2085 else 2086 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD); 2087 if (!Old) { 2088 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2089 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2090 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2091 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2092 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2093 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2094 return true; 2095 } 2096 2097 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2098 << New->getDeclName(); 2099 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2100 return true; 2101 } 2102 2103 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, 2104 // implicit declaration, or a declaration. 2105 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2106 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2107 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2108 else if (Old->isImplicit()) 2109 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2110 else 2111 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2112 2113 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2114 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2115 2116 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2117 // is an extern inline function. 2118 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2119 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2120 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 2121 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2122 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2123 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New; 2124 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 2125 } else { 2126 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2127 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 2128 return true; 2129 } 2130 } 2131 2132 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is 2133 // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the 2134 // calling convention of the first. 2135 // 2136 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2137 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2138 // 2139 // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the 2140 // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling 2141 // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in 2142 // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away 2143 // because it is the default calling convention. 2144 // 2145 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2146 // other tests to run. 2147 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2148 const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2149 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2150 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2151 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2152 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2153 // Fast path: nothing to do. 2154 2155 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2156 // there but not here. 2157 } else if (NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) { 2158 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2159 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2160 2161 // Don't complain about mismatches when the default CC is 2162 // effectively the same as the explict one. 2163 } else if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default && 2164 isABIDefaultCC(*this, NewTypeInfo.getCC(), New)) { 2165 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2166 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2167 2168 } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(), 2169 NewTypeInfo.getCC())) { 2170 // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain. 2171 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2172 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2173 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) 2174 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" : 2175 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC())); 2176 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2177 return true; 2178 } 2179 2180 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2181 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2182 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2183 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2184 } 2185 2186 // Merge regparm attribute. 2187 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2188 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2189 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2190 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2191 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2192 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2193 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2194 return true; 2195 } 2196 2197 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2198 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2199 } 2200 2201 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2202 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2203 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2204 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2205 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2206 return true; 2207 } 2208 2209 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2210 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2211 } 2212 2213 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2214 NewType = Context.adjustFunctionType(NewType, NewTypeInfo); 2215 New->setType(QualType(NewType, 0)); 2216 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2217 } 2218 2219 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 2220 // UndefinedButUsed. 2221 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 2222 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2223 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !getLangOpts().GNUInline) && 2224 Old->isUsed(false) && 2225 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2226 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 2227 SourceLocation())); 2228 2229 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 2230 // about it. 2231 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2232 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 2233 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 2234 } 2235 2236 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2237 // (C++98 13.1p2): 2238 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2239 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 2240 // cannot be overloaded. 2241 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getResultType(); 2242 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getResultType(); 2243 QualType ResQT; 2244 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 2245 if (NewReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() 2246 && OldReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 2247 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 2248 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 2249 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 2250 Diag(New->getLocation(), 2251 diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New; 2252 else 2253 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type); 2254 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2255 return true; 2256 } 2257 else 2258 NewQType = ResQT; 2259 } 2260 2261 const CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 2262 CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 2263 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 2264 // Preserve triviality. 2265 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 2266 2267 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 2268 // 2 CXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 2269 // We don't want a redeclartion error. 2270 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 2271 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 2272 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 2273 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 2274 2275 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2276 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 2277 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 2278 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 2279 // is a static member function declaration. 2280 if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) { 2281 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 2282 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2283 return true; 2284 } 2285 2286 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2287 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 2288 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 2289 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 2290 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 2291 unsigned NewDiag; 2292 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 2293 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 2294 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 2295 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 2296 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 2297 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 2298 else 2299 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 2300 2301 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 2302 } else { 2303 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 2304 << New << New->getType(); 2305 } 2306 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2307 2308 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 2309 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 2310 // 2311 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 2312 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 2313 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 2314 if (isFriend) { 2315 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 2316 } else { 2317 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2318 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 2319 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2320 return true; 2321 } 2322 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 2323 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2324 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 2325 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2326 return true; 2327 } 2328 } 2329 2330 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 2331 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 2332 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 2333 // attribute. 2334 if (New->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>() && 2335 !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 2336 Diag(New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()->getLocation(), 2337 diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 2338 Diag(Old->getFirstDeclaration()->getLocation(), 2339 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 2340 } 2341 2342 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2343 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2344 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2345 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2346 if (New->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>() && 2347 !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2348 Diag(New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()->getLocation(), 2349 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2350 Diag(Old->getFirstDeclaration()->getLocation(), 2351 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2352 } 2353 2354 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 2355 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 2356 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 2357 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 2358 2359 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 2360 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 2361 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2362 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 2363 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 2364 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 2365 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 2366 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 2367 } 2368 2369 if (!Old->hasCLanguageLinkage() && New->hasCLanguageLinkage()) { 2370 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 2371 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 2372 return true; 2373 } 2374 2375 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 2376 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2377 2378 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 2379 } 2380 2381 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 2382 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 2383 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2384 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 2385 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2386 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2387 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0; 2388 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 2389 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 2390 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 2391 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 2392 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 2393 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 2394 OldProto->arg_type_end()); 2395 NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(), 2396 ParamTypes.data(), ParamTypes.size(), 2397 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 2398 New->setType(NewQType); 2399 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 2400 2401 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 2402 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 2403 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator 2404 ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 2405 ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end(); 2406 ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) { 2407 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, 2408 SourceLocation(), 2409 SourceLocation(), 0, 2410 *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0, 2411 SC_None, SC_None, 2412 0); 2413 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 2414 Param->setImplicit(); 2415 Params.push_back(Param); 2416 } 2417 2418 New->setParams(Params); 2419 } 2420 2421 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2422 } 2423 2424 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 2425 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 2426 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 2427 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 2428 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 2429 // the prototype. 2430 // 2431 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 2432 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 2433 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 2434 // C99 6.9.1p8. 2435 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2436 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 2437 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 2438 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 2439 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 2440 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 2441 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 2442 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2443 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 2444 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2445 2446 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 2447 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(), 2448 NewProto->getResultType()); 2449 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 2450 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 2451 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 2452 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 2453 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 2454 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2455 NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) { 2456 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2457 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2458 NewParm->getType(), 2459 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 2460 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn 2461 = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) }; 2462 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 2463 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2464 } else 2465 LooseCompatible = false; 2466 } 2467 2468 if (LooseCompatible) { 2469 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 2470 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 2471 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 2472 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 2473 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 2474 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 2475 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 2476 diag::note_previous_declaration); 2477 } 2478 2479 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, &ArgTypes[0], 2480 ArgTypes.size(), 2481 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 2482 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2483 } 2484 2485 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 2486 } 2487 2488 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or defined 2489 // with a different type- show appropriate diagnostic 2490 if (unsigned BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID()) { 2491 // The user has declared a builtin function with an incompatible 2492 // signature. 2493 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 2494 // The function the user is redeclaring is a library-defined 2495 // function like 'malloc' or 'printf'. Warn about the 2496 // redeclaration, then pretend that we don't know about this 2497 // library built-in. 2498 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 2499 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 2500 << Old << Old->getType(); 2501 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 2502 Old->setInvalidDecl(); 2503 return false; 2504 } 2505 2506 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 2507 } 2508 2509 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 2510 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2511 return true; 2512} 2513 2514/// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 2515/// known to be compatible. 2516/// 2517/// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 2518/// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to 2519/// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 2520/// redeclaration of Old. 2521/// 2522/// \returns false 2523bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 2524 Scope *S) { 2525 // Merge the attributes 2526 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2527 2528 // Merge the storage class. 2529 if (Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && 2530 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_None) 2531 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 2532 2533 // Merge "pure" flag. 2534 if (Old->isPure()) 2535 New->setPure(); 2536 2537 // Merge "used" flag. 2538 if (Old->isUsed(false)) 2539 New->setUsed(); 2540 2541 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 2542 // declarations. 2543 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 2544 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) 2545 mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i), 2546 *this); 2547 2548 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 2549 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 2550 2551 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 2552 // and argument types. 2553 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 2554 if (!Merged.isNull()) 2555 New->setType(Merged); 2556 2557 return false; 2558} 2559 2560 2561void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 2562 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 2563 2564 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 2565 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, AMK_Override); 2566 2567 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 2568 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 2569 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 2570 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 2571 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 2572 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 2573 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 2574 2575 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 2576} 2577 2578/// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 2579/// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 2580/// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2581/// 2582/// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 2583/// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 2584/// is attached. 2585void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old) { 2586 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2587 return; 2588 2589 QualType MergedT; 2590 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2591 AutoType *AT = New->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2592 if (AT && !AT->isDeduced()) { 2593 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 2594 return; 2595 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 2596 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 2597 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 2598 } 2599 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 2600 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 2601 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 2602 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 2603 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 2604 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 2605 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 2606 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 2607 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 2608 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 2609 NewArray->getElementType())) 2610 MergedT = New->getType(); 2611 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 2612 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 2613 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 2614 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 2615 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 2616 NewArray->getElementType())) 2617 MergedT = Old->getType(); 2618 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() 2619 && Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 2620 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 2621 Old->getType()); 2622 } 2623 } else { 2624 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 2625 } 2626 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 2627 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 2628 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 2629 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2630 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2631 } 2632 New->setType(MergedT); 2633} 2634 2635/// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 2636/// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 2637/// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2638/// 2639/// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 2640/// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 2641/// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 2642/// 2643void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 2644 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 2645 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2646 return; 2647 2648 // Verify the old decl was also a variable. 2649 VarDecl *Old = 0; 2650 if (!Previous.isSingleResult() || 2651 !(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) { 2652 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2653 << New->getDeclName(); 2654 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 2655 diag::note_previous_definition); 2656 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2657 } 2658 2659 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2660 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 2661 // 2662 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 2663 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 2664 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 2665 << New->getIdentifier(); 2666 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2667 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2668 } 2669 2670 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2671 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 2672 // declaration 2673 if (New->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 2674 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 2675 !Old->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 2676 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 2677 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2678 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 2679 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 2680 } 2681 2682 // Merge the types. 2683 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old); 2684 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2685 return; 2686 2687 // C99 6.2.2p4: Check if we have a static decl followed by a non-static. 2688 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2689 (Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None || Old->hasExternalStorage())) { 2690 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2691 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2692 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2693 } 2694 // C99 6.2.2p4: 2695 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 2696 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 2697 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 2698 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 2699 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 2700 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 2701 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 2702 // identifier has external linkage. 2703 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 2704 /* Okay */; 2705 else if (New->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 2706 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 2707 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2708 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2709 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2710 } 2711 2712 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 2713 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 2714 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2715 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2716 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2717 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2718 } 2719 if (Old->hasExternalStorage() && 2720 !New->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2721 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2722 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2723 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2724 } 2725 2726 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 2727 2728 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 2729 // need to check for mismatches. 2730 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 2731 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 2732 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2733 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 2734 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 2735 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2736 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2737 } 2738 2739 if (New->isThreadSpecified() && !Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 2740 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2741 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2742 } else if (!New->isThreadSpecified() && Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 2743 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2744 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2745 } 2746 2747 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 2748 const VarDecl *Def; 2749 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2750 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 2751 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 2752 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2753 << New->getDeclName(); 2754 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2755 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2756 return; 2757 } 2758 2759 if (!Old->hasCLanguageLinkage() && New->hasCLanguageLinkage()) { 2760 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 2761 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2762 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2763 return; 2764 } 2765 2766 // c99 6.2.2 P4. 2767 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier extern in a 2768 // scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is visible, if 2769 // the prior declaration specifies internal or external linkage, the linkage 2770 // of the identifier at the later declaration is the same as the linkage 2771 // specified at the prior declaration. 2772 // FIXME. revisit this code. 2773 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 2774 Old->getLinkage() == InternalLinkage) 2775 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 2776 2777 // Merge "used" flag. 2778 if (Old->isUsed(false)) 2779 New->setUsed(); 2780 2781 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 2782 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old); 2783 2784 // Inherit access appropriately. 2785 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 2786} 2787 2788/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 2789/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 2790Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 2791 DeclSpec &DS) { 2792 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 2793} 2794 2795/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 2796/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accopts template 2797/// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 2798Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 2799 DeclSpec &DS, 2800 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams) { 2801 Decl *TagD = 0; 2802 TagDecl *Tag = 0; 2803 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 2804 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 2805 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 2806 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 2807 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 2808 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 2809 2810 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 2811 return 0; 2812 2813 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 2814 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 2815 // it's a Type. 2816 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 2817 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 2818 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 2819 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 2820 } 2821 2822 if (Tag) { 2823 getASTContext().addUnnamedTag(Tag); 2824 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 2825 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 2826 return Tag; 2827 } 2828 2829 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2830 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 2831 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 2832 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 2833 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 2834 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 2835 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2836 } 2837 2838 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 2839 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 2840 // and definitions of functions and variables. 2841 if (Tag) 2842 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 2843 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 2844 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 2845 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 : 2846 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4); 2847 else 2848 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 2849 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 2850 return TagD; 2851 } 2852 2853 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 2854 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 2855 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 2856 if (TagD && !Tag) 2857 return 0; 2858 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 2859 } 2860 2861 // Track whether we warned about the fact that there aren't any 2862 // declarators. 2863 bool emittedWarning = false; 2864 2865 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 2866 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 2867 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 2868 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 2869 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 2870 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record); 2871 2872 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2873 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2874 emittedWarning = true; 2875 } 2876 } 2877 2878 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct. 2879 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2880 CurContext->isRecord() && 2881 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 2882 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct: 2883 // struct STRUCT; 2884 // and 2885 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 2886 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag); 2887 if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isCompleteDefinition()) || 2888 (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename && 2889 DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) { 2890 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct) 2891 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2892 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 2893 } 2894 } 2895 2896 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2897 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 2898 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 2899 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 2900 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) { 2901 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2902 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2903 emittedWarning = true; 2904 } 2905 2906 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 2907 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error) return TagD; 2908 2909 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 2910 // Warn about typedefs of enums without names, since this is an 2911 // extension in both Microsoft and GNU. 2912 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 2913 Tag && isa<EnumDecl>(Tag)) { 2914 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 2915 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2916 return Tag; 2917 } 2918 2919 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2920 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2921 emittedWarning = true; 2922 } 2923 2924 // We're going to complain about a bunch of spurious specifiers; 2925 // only do this if we're declaring a tag, because otherwise we 2926 // should be getting diag::ext_no_declarators. 2927 if (emittedWarning || (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 2928 return TagD; 2929 2930 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 2931 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 2932 // useless. 2933 if (DeclSpec::SCS scs = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) 2934 if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 2935 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) 2936 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(scs); 2937 2938 if (DS.isThreadSpecified()) 2939 Diag(DS.getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "__thread"; 2940 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2941 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 2942 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "const"; 2943 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 2944 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "volatile"; 2945 // Restrict is covered above. 2946 } 2947 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 2948 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "inline"; 2949 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 2950 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "virtual"; 2951 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 2952 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) <<"explicit"; 2953 2954 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 2955 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 2956 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 2957 << Tag->getTagKind() 2958 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 2959 2960 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 2961 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 2962 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 2963 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 2964 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 2965 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 2966 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 2967 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 2968 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 2969 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 2970 AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); 2971 while (attrs) { 2972 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 2973 << attrs->getName() 2974 << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 2975 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 2976 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 : 2977 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4); 2978 attrs = attrs->getNext(); 2979 } 2980 } 2981 } 2982 2983 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 2984 2985 return TagD; 2986} 2987 2988/// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 2989/// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 2990/// 2991/// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 2992static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 2993 Scope *S, 2994 DeclContext *Owner, 2995 DeclarationName Name, 2996 SourceLocation NameLoc, 2997 unsigned diagnostic) { 2998 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 2999 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3000 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 3001 3002 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 3003 return false; 3004 3005 // Pick a representative declaration. 3006 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 3007 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 3008 3009 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 3010 return false; 3011 3012 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 3013 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3014 3015 return true; 3016} 3017 3018/// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 3019/// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 3020/// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 3021/// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 3022/// struct, e.g., 3023/// 3024/// @code 3025/// union { 3026/// int i; 3027/// float f; 3028/// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 3029/// // f into the surrounding scope.x 3030/// @endcode 3031/// 3032/// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 3033/// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 3034static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 3035 DeclContext *Owner, 3036 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 3037 AccessSpecifier AS, 3038 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> &Chaining, 3039 bool MSAnonStruct) { 3040 unsigned diagKind 3041 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 3042 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 3043 3044 bool Invalid = false; 3045 3046 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 3047 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(), 3048 DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end(); 3049 D != DEnd; ++D) { 3050 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) && 3051 cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) { 3052 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D); 3053 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 3054 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 3055 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3056 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 3057 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 3058 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 3059 Invalid = true; 3060 } else { 3061 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3062 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 3063 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 3064 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 3065 // anonymous union is declared. 3066 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 3067 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 3068 for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(), 3069 PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) 3070 Chaining.push_back(*PI); 3071 else 3072 Chaining.push_back(VD); 3073 3074 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 3075 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 3076 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 3077 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 3078 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 3079 3080 IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField = 3081 IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), 3082 VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(), 3083 NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 3084 3085 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3086 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 3087 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 3088 3089 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 3090 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3091 3092 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 3093 } 3094 } 3095 } 3096 3097 return Invalid; 3098} 3099 3100/// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 3101/// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 3102/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 3103static StorageClass 3104StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 3105 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 3106 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 3107 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 3108 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 3109 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 3110 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 3111 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 3112 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 3113 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 3114 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 3115 } 3116 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 3117} 3118 3119/// StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 3120/// a StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 3121/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 3122static StorageClass 3123StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 3124 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 3125 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 3126 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 3127 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 3128 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 3129 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 3130 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: // Fall through. 3131 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 3132 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: // Fall through. 3133 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 3134 } 3135 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 3136} 3137 3138/// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 3139/// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 3140/// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 3141/// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 3142Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 3143 AccessSpecifier AS, 3144 RecordDecl *Record) { 3145 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 3146 3147 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 3148 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 3149 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 3150 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3151 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 3152 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 3153 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 3154 3155 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 3156 // structs/unions. 3157 bool Invalid = false; 3158 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3159 const char* PrevSpec = 0; 3160 unsigned DiagID; 3161 if (Record->isUnion()) { 3162 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3163 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 3164 // global namespace shall be declared static. 3165 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 3166 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 3167 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 3168 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 3169 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 3170 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 3171 3172 // Recover by adding 'static'. 3173 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 3174 PrevSpec, DiagID); 3175 } 3176 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3177 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 3178 // anonymous union in a class scope. 3179 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 3180 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3181 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3182 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 3183 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 3184 3185 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 3186 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 3187 SourceLocation(), 3188 PrevSpec, DiagID); 3189 } 3190 } 3191 3192 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 3193 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3194 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3195 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3196 << Record->isUnion() << 0 3197 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 3198 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3199 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 3200 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3201 << Record->isUnion() << 1 3202 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 3203 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3204 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3205 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3206 << Record->isUnion() << 2 3207 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 3208 3209 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 3210 } 3211 3212 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3213 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 3214 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 3215 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 3216 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(), 3217 MemEnd = Record->decls_end(); 3218 Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) { 3219 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) { 3220 // C++ [class.union]p3: 3221 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 3222 // members (clause 11). 3223 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 3224 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 3225 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 3226 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 3227 Invalid = true; 3228 } 3229 3230 // C++ [class.union]p1 3231 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 3232 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 3233 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 3234 // array of such objects. 3235 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 3236 Invalid = true; 3237 } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) { 3238 // Any implicit members are fine. 3239 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) { 3240 // This is a type that showed up in an 3241 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 3242 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 3243 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 3244 } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) { 3245 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 3246 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 3247 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3248 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 3249 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3250 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3251 else { 3252 // This is a nested type declaration. 3253 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3254 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3255 Invalid = true; 3256 } 3257 } else { 3258 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 3259 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 3260 // not part of standard C++. 3261 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 3262 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 3263 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3264 } 3265 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) { 3266 // Any access specifier is fine. 3267 } else { 3268 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 3269 // member. Complain about it. 3270 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 3271 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem)) 3272 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 3273 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem)) 3274 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 3275 else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem)) 3276 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 3277 3278 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3279 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 3280 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3281 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3282 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3283 else { 3284 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK) 3285 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3286 Invalid = true; 3287 } 3288 } 3289 } 3290 } 3291 3292 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 3293 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 3294 << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 3295 Invalid = true; 3296 } 3297 3298 // Mock up a declarator. 3299 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 3300 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 3301 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 3302 3303 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 3304 NamedDecl *Anon = 0; 3305 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3306 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 3307 DS.getLocStart(), 3308 Record->getLocation(), 3309 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3310 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3311 TInfo, 3312 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 3313 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 3314 Anon->setAccess(AS); 3315 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3316 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 3317 } else { 3318 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 3319 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3320 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 3321 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3322 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 3323 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 3324 // an error here 3325 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3326 Invalid = true; 3327 SC = SC_None; 3328 } 3329 SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 3330 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 3331 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3332 3333 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 3334 DS.getLocStart(), 3335 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3336 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3337 TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 3338 3339 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 3340 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 3341 // initializer: 3342 // union { int n = 0; }; 3343 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 3344 } 3345 Anon->setImplicit(); 3346 3347 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 3348 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 3349 // its members. 3350 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 3351 3352 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 3353 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 3354 // purposes. 3355 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 3356 Chain.push_back(Anon); 3357 3358 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 3359 Chain, false)) 3360 Invalid = true; 3361 3362 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not 3363 // do this until after we have already checked and injected the 3364 // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise 3365 // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it 3366 // builds its lookup table, and once by 3367 // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers. 3368 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 3369 3370 if (Invalid) 3371 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 3372 3373 return Anon; 3374} 3375 3376/// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 3377/// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 3378/// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 3379/// Example: 3380/// 3381/// struct A { int a; }; 3382/// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 3383/// 3384/// void foo() { 3385/// B var; 3386/// var.a = 3; 3387/// } 3388/// 3389Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 3390 RecordDecl *Record) { 3391 3392 // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef. 3393 if (!Record) 3394 Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl(); 3395 3396 // Mock up a declarator. 3397 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 3398 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 3399 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 3400 3401 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 3402 NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 3403 cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext), 3404 DS.getLocStart(), 3405 DS.getLocStart(), 3406 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3407 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3408 TInfo, 3409 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 3410 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 3411 Anon->setImplicit(); 3412 3413 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 3414 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 3415 3416 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 3417 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 3418 // purposes. 3419 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 3420 Chain.push_back(Anon); 3421 3422 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 3423 if (!RecordDef || InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, 3424 RecordDef, AS_none, 3425 Chain, true)) 3426 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 3427 3428 return Anon; 3429} 3430 3431/// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 3432/// given Declarator. 3433DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 3434 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 3435} 3436 3437/// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 3438DeclarationNameInfo 3439Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 3440 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 3441 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3442 3443 switch (Name.getKind()) { 3444 3445 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 3446 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 3447 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 3448 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3449 return NameInfo; 3450 3451 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 3452 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 3453 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 3454 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3455 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 3456 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 3457 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 3458 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 3459 return NameInfo; 3460 3461 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 3462 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 3463 Name.Identifier)); 3464 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3465 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 3466 return NameInfo; 3467 3468 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 3469 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3470 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 3471 if (Ty.isNull()) 3472 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3473 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 3474 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3475 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3476 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3477 return NameInfo; 3478 } 3479 3480 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 3481 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3482 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 3483 if (Ty.isNull()) 3484 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3485 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 3486 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3487 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3488 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3489 return NameInfo; 3490 } 3491 3492 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 3493 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 3494 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 3495 // to find the actual type being constructed. 3496 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 3497 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 3498 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3499 3500 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 3501 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 3502 3503 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 3504 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 3505 // was qualified. 3506 3507 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 3508 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 3509 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3510 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 3511 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0); 3512 return NameInfo; 3513 } 3514 3515 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 3516 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3517 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 3518 if (Ty.isNull()) 3519 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3520 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 3521 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3522 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3523 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3524 return NameInfo; 3525 } 3526 3527 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 3528 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 3529 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 3530 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 3531 } 3532 3533 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 3534 3535 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 3536} 3537 3538static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 3539 do { 3540 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 3541 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 3542 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 3543 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 3544 else 3545 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 3546 } while (true); 3547} 3548 3549/// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 3550/// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 3551/// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 3552/// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 3553/// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 3554/// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 3555/// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 3556static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 3557 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 3558 FunctionDecl *Definition, 3559 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 3560 Params.clear(); 3561 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 3562 return false; 3563 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 3564 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 3565 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 3566 3567 // The parameter types are identical 3568 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 3569 continue; 3570 3571 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 3572 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 3573 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 3574 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 3575 3576 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 3577 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 3578 Params.push_back(Idx); 3579 else // The two parameters aren't even close 3580 return false; 3581 } 3582 3583 return true; 3584} 3585 3586/// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 3587/// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 3588/// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 3589/// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 3590/// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 3591static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 3592 DeclarationName Name) { 3593 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 3594 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 3595 // - types which will become injected class names 3596 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 3597 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 3598 // few cases here. 3599 3600 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 3601 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 3602 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 3603 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 3604 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 3605 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 3606 // Grab the type from the parser. 3607 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0; 3608 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 3609 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 3610 3611 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 3612 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 3613 // attached already. 3614 if (!TSI) 3615 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 3616 3617 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 3618 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 3619 if (!TSI) return true; 3620 3621 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 3622 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 3623 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 3624 break; 3625 } 3626 3627 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 3628 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 3629 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 3630 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 3631 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 3632 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 3633 break; 3634 } 3635 3636 default: 3637 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 3638 break; 3639 } 3640 3641 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 3642 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 3643 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 3644 3645 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 3646 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 3647 // pointer. 3648 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 3649 continue; 3650 3651 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 3652 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 3653 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 3654 return true; 3655 } 3656 3657 return false; 3658} 3659 3660Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 3661 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 3662 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 3663 3664 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 3665 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 3666 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 3667 3668 return Dcl; 3669} 3670 3671/// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 3672/// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 3673/// name different from T: 3674/// - every static data member of class T; 3675/// - every member function of class T 3676/// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 3677/// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 3678bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 3679 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 3680 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 3681 3682 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 3683 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 3684 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 3685 return true; 3686 } 3687 3688 return false; 3689} 3690 3691/// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 3692/// nested-name-specifier. 3693/// 3694/// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 3695/// 3696/// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 3697/// resolves. 3698/// 3699/// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 3700/// 3701/// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 3702/// 3703/// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 3704bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 3705 DeclarationName Name, 3706 SourceLocation Loc) { 3707 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 3708 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur)) 3709 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 3710 3711 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 3712 // A declarator-id shall not be qualified except for the definition 3713 // of a member function (9.3) or static data member (9.4) outside of 3714 // its class, the definition or explicit instantiation of a function 3715 // or variable member of a namespace outside of its namespace, or the 3716 // definition of an explicit specialization outside of its namespace, 3717 // or the declaration of a friend function that is a member of 3718 // another class or namespace (11.3). [...] 3719 3720 // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 3721 // class or namespaces in which the entity is already declared. 3722 // 3723 // class X { 3724 // void X::f(); 3725 // }; 3726 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 3727 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 3728 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 3729 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 3730 SS.clear(); 3731 return false; 3732 } 3733 3734 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 3735 // declaration. 3736 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 3737 if (Cur->isRecord()) 3738 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 3739 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3740 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 3741 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 3742 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3743 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 3744 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 3745 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3746 else 3747 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 3748 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 3749 3750 return true; 3751 } 3752 3753 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 3754 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 3755 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 3756 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3757 SS.clear(); 3758 3759 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 3760 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 3761 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 3762 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 3763 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 3764 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 3765 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 3766 return true; 3767 3768 return false; 3769 } 3770 3771 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 3772 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 3773 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 3774 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 3775 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 3776 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 3777 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 3778 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 3779 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 3780 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 3781 3782 return false; 3783} 3784 3785NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 3786 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 3787 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 3788 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 3789 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 3790 3791 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 3792 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 3793 if (!Name) { 3794 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 3795 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 3796 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 3797 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 3798 return 0; 3799 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 3800 return 0; 3801 3802 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 3803 // we find one that is. 3804 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 3805 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 3806 S = S->getParent(); 3807 3808 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 3809 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 3810 D.setInvalidType(); 3811 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3812 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 3813 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 3814 return 0; 3815 3816 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 3817 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 3818 if (!DC) { 3819 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 3820 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 3821 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 3822 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 3823 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3824 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 3825 << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 3826 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3827 return 0; 3828 } 3829 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 3830 3831 if (!IsDependentContext && 3832 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 3833 return 0; 3834 3835 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 3836 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3837 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 3838 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3839 D.setInvalidType(); 3840 } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 3841 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 3842 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 3843 if (DC->isRecord()) 3844 return 0; 3845 3846 D.setInvalidType(); 3847 } 3848 } 3849 3850 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 3851 // declaration in the current instantiation. 3852 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 3853 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 3854 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 3855 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 3856 D.setInvalidType(); 3857 } 3858 } 3859 3860 if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 3861 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 3862 // Just return early; it's safer. 3863 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3864 return 0; 3865 3866 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 3867 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 3868 3869 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 3870 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 3871 D.setInvalidType(); 3872 3873 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 3874 ForRedeclaration); 3875 3876 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 3877 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3878 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 3879 3880 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 3881 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 3882 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 3883 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3884 /* Do nothing*/; 3885 else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 3886 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3887 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 3888 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3889 } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern) 3890 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3891 else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 3892 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 3893 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3894 3895 if (IsLinkageLookup) 3896 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 3897 3898 LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup); 3899 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 3900 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 3901 3902 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 3903 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 3904 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 3905 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 3906 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 3907 // thereof; [...] 3908 // 3909 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 3910 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 3911 // we want to match. For example, given: 3912 // 3913 // class X { 3914 // void f(); 3915 // void f(float); 3916 // }; 3917 // 3918 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 3919 // 3920 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 3921 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 3922 // matches. 3923 3924 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 3925 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 3926 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 3927 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 3928 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 3929 } 3930 3931 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 3932 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 3933 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 3934 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 3935 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3936 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3937 3938 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 3939 Previous.clear(); 3940 } 3941 3942 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 3943 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 3944 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 3945 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 3946 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 3947 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3948 Previous.clear(); 3949 3950 NamedDecl *New; 3951 3952 bool AddToScope = true; 3953 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3954 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 3955 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 3956 return 0; 3957 } 3958 3959 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 3960 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 3961 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 3962 TemplateParamLists, 3963 AddToScope); 3964 } else { 3965 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 3966 TemplateParamLists); 3967 } 3968 3969 if (New == 0) 3970 return 0; 3971 3972 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 3973 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 3974 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope && 3975 !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) 3976 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 3977 3978 return New; 3979} 3980 3981/// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 3982/// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 3983/// GCC compatibility). 3984static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 3985 ASTContext &Context, 3986 bool &SizeIsNegative, 3987 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 3988 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 3989 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 3990 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 3991 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 3992 SizeIsNegative = false; 3993 Oversized = 0; 3994 3995 if (T->isDependentType()) 3996 return QualType(); 3997 3998 QualifierCollector Qs; 3999 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 4000 4001 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 4002 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 4003 QualType FixedType = 4004 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4005 Oversized); 4006 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4007 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 4008 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4009 } 4010 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 4011 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 4012 QualType FixedType = 4013 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4014 Oversized); 4015 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4016 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 4017 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4018 } 4019 4020 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 4021 if (!VLATy) 4022 return QualType(); 4023 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 4024 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 4025 return QualType(); 4026 4027 llvm::APSInt Res; 4028 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 4029 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 4030 return QualType(); 4031 4032 // Check whether the array size is negative. 4033 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 4034 SizeIsNegative = true; 4035 return QualType(); 4036 } 4037 4038 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 4039 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 4040 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 4041 Res); 4042 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 4043 Oversized = Res; 4044 return QualType(); 4045 } 4046 4047 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 4048 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 4049} 4050 4051static void 4052FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 4053 if (PointerTypeLoc* SrcPTL = dyn_cast<PointerTypeLoc>(&SrcTL)) { 4054 PointerTypeLoc* DstPTL = cast<PointerTypeLoc>(&DstTL); 4055 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL->getPointeeLoc(), 4056 DstPTL->getPointeeLoc()); 4057 DstPTL->setStarLoc(SrcPTL->getStarLoc()); 4058 return; 4059 } 4060 if (ParenTypeLoc* SrcPTL = dyn_cast<ParenTypeLoc>(&SrcTL)) { 4061 ParenTypeLoc* DstPTL = cast<ParenTypeLoc>(&DstTL); 4062 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL->getInnerLoc(), 4063 DstPTL->getInnerLoc()); 4064 DstPTL->setLParenLoc(SrcPTL->getLParenLoc()); 4065 DstPTL->setRParenLoc(SrcPTL->getRParenLoc()); 4066 return; 4067 } 4068 ArrayTypeLoc* SrcATL = cast<ArrayTypeLoc>(&SrcTL); 4069 ArrayTypeLoc* DstATL = cast<ArrayTypeLoc>(&DstTL); 4070 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL->getElementLoc(); 4071 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL->getElementLoc(); 4072 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 4073 DstATL->setLBracketLoc(SrcATL->getLBracketLoc()); 4074 DstATL->setSizeExpr(SrcATL->getSizeExpr()); 4075 DstATL->setRBracketLoc(SrcATL->getRBracketLoc()); 4076} 4077 4078/// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 4079/// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 4080/// GCC compatibility). 4081static TypeSourceInfo* 4082TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4083 ASTContext &Context, 4084 bool &SizeIsNegative, 4085 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 4086 QualType FixedTy 4087 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 4088 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 4089 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 4090 return 0; 4091 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 4092 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 4093 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 4094 return FixedTInfo; 4095} 4096 4097/// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 4098/// that it can be found later for redeclarations 4099void 4100Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 4101 const LookupResult &Previous, 4102 Scope *S) { 4103 assert(ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 4104 "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!"); 4105 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 4106 LocallyScopedExternCDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; 4107 4108 if (!Previous.isSingleResult()) 4109 return; 4110 4111 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 4112 4113 // If there was a previous declaration of this entity, it may be in 4114 // our identifier chain. Update the identifier chain with the new 4115 // declaration. 4116 if (S && IdResolver.ReplaceDecl(PrevDecl, ND)) { 4117 // The previous declaration was found on the identifer resolver 4118 // chain, so remove it from its scope. 4119 4120 if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 4121 // Special case for redeclarations in the SAME scope. 4122 // Because this declaration is going to be added to the identifier chain 4123 // later, we should temporarily take it OFF the chain. 4124 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ND); 4125 4126 } else { 4127 // Find the scope for the original declaration. 4128 while (S && !S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) 4129 S = S->getParent(); 4130 } 4131 4132 if (S) 4133 S->RemoveDecl(PrevDecl); 4134 } 4135} 4136 4137llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator 4138Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 4139 if (ExternalSource) { 4140 // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source. 4141 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls; 4142 ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternCDecls(Decls); 4143 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4144 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4145 = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName()); 4146 if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) 4147 LocallyScopedExternCDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I]; 4148 } 4149 } 4150 4151 return LocallyScopedExternCDecls.find(Name); 4152} 4153 4154/// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 4155/// does not identify a function. 4156void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D) { 4157 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 4158 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 4159 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 4160 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 4161 diag::err_inline_non_function); 4162 4163 if (D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified()) 4164 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4165 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 4166 4167 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified()) 4168 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 4169 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 4170 4171 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 4172 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 4173 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 4174} 4175 4176NamedDecl* 4177Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 4178 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 4179 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4180 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4181 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 4182 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4183 D.setInvalidType(); 4184 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 4185 DC = CurContext; 4186 Previous.clear(); 4187 } 4188 4189 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4190 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 4191 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4192 } 4193 4194 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 4195 4196 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 4197 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 4198 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 4199 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 4200 << 1; 4201 4202 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 4203 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 4204 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 4205 return 0; 4206 } 4207 4208 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 4209 if (!NewTD) return 0; 4210 4211 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 4212 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 4213 4214 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 4215 4216 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 4217 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 4218 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 4219 return ND; 4220} 4221 4222void 4223Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 4224 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 4225 // then it shall have block scope. 4226 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 4227 // that redeclarations will match. 4228 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 4229 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 4230 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 4231 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4232 4233 if (S->getFnParent() == 0) { 4234 bool SizeIsNegative; 4235 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 4236 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 4237 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 4238 SizeIsNegative, 4239 Oversized); 4240 if (FixedTInfo) { 4241 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 4242 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 4243 } else { 4244 if (SizeIsNegative) 4245 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 4246 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 4247 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 4248 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 4249 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 4250 << Oversized.toString(10); 4251 else 4252 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 4253 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 4254 } 4255 } 4256 } 4257} 4258 4259 4260/// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 4261/// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 4262/// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 4263NamedDecl* 4264Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 4265 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 4266 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 4267 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 4268 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false, 4269 /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false); 4270 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewTD, Previous); 4271 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4272 Redeclaration = true; 4273 MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous); 4274 } 4275 4276 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 4277 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 4278 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 4279 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 4280 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 4281 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 4282 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 4283 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4284 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 4285 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4286 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 4287 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 4288 } 4289 4290 return NewTD; 4291} 4292 4293/// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 4294/// previous declaration. 4295/// 4296/// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 4297/// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 4298/// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 4299/// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 4300/// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 4301/// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 4302/// 4303/// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 4304/// lookup 4305/// 4306/// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 4307/// declared. 4308/// 4309/// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 4310/// for a new delcaration with the same name. 4311static bool 4312isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 4313 ASTContext &Context) { 4314 if (!PrevDecl) 4315 return false; 4316 4317 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 4318 return false; 4319 4320 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4321 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 4322 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 4323 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 4324 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 4325 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 4326 // linkage of the previous declaration. 4327 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 4328 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4329 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 4330 return false; 4331 4332 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 4333 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 4334 // We found a member function: ignore it. 4335 return false; 4336 4337 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 4338 // previous declarations. 4339 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 4340 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 4341 4342 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 4343 // isn't the same function. 4344 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 4345 return false; 4346 } 4347 4348 return true; 4349} 4350 4351static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 4352 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 4353 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 4354 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 4355} 4356 4357bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 4358 QualType type = decl->getType(); 4359 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 4360 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 4361 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 4362 unsigned kind = -1U; 4363 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 4364 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 4365 kind = 0; // __block 4366 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 4367 kind = 1; // global 4368 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 4369 kind = 3; // ivar 4370 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 4371 kind = 2; // field 4372 } 4373 4374 if (kind != -1U) { 4375 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 4376 << kind; 4377 } 4378 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 4379 // Try to infer lifetime. 4380 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 4381 return false; 4382 4383 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 4384 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 4385 decl->setType(type); 4386 } 4387 4388 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 4389 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 4390 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 4391 var->isThreadSpecified()) { 4392 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 4393 << var->getType(); 4394 return true; 4395 } 4396 } 4397 4398 return false; 4399} 4400 4401static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 4402 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 4403 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 4404 if (ND.getLinkage() != ExternalLinkage) { 4405 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 4406 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 4407 } 4408 } 4409 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 4410 if (ND.getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage) { 4411 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 4412 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 4413 } 4414 } 4415} 4416 4417NamedDecl* 4418Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 4419 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 4420 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4421 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4422 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 4423 4424 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 4425 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4426 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4427 4428 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 4429 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 4430 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 4431 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 4432 4433 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && !getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) 4434 { 4435 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 4436 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 4437 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 4438 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 4439 D.setInvalidType(); 4440 } 4441 } 4442 4443 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4444 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4445 // an error here 4446 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4447 D.setInvalidType(); 4448 SC = SC_None; 4449 } 4450 SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 4451 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 4452 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 4453 4454 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 4455 if (!II) { 4456 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 4457 << Name; 4458 return 0; 4459 } 4460 4461 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 4462 4463 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) { 4464 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 4465 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 4466 if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) { 4467 4468 // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this 4469 // is a GNU extension. 4470 if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel()) 4471 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register); 4472 else 4473 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 4474 D.setInvalidType(); 4475 } 4476 } 4477 4478 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 4479 // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the 4480 // OpenCL __local address space. 4481 if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 4482 SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal; 4483 SCAsWritten = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal; 4484 } 4485 4486 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r: 4487 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 4488 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 4489 // address space qualifiers. 4490 if (R->isEventT()) { 4491 if (S->getParent() == 0) { 4492 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var); 4493 D.setInvalidType(); 4494 } 4495 4496 if (R.getAddressSpace()) { 4497 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 4498 D.setInvalidType(); 4499 } 4500 } 4501 } 4502 4503 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4504 VarDecl *NewVD; 4505 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4506 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 4507 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 4508 R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 4509 4510 if (D.isInvalidType()) 4511 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4512 } else { 4513 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 4514 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 4515 if (SC == SC_Static) { 4516 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4517 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 4518 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4519 } else if (SC == SC_None) 4520 SC = SC_Static; 4521 } 4522 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 4523 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 4524 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 4525 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4526 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 4527 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 4528 4529 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 4530 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 4531 if (RD->isUnion()) 4532 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4533 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 4534 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 4535 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 4536 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 4537 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 4538 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4539 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 4540 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 4541 } 4542 } 4543 4544 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 4545 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 4546 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4547 bool Invalid = false; 4548 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 4549 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 4550 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4551 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4552 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4553 TemplateParamLists.data(), 4554 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4555 /*never a friend*/ false, 4556 isExplicitSpecialization, 4557 Invalid)) { 4558 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 4559 // There is no such thing as a variable template. 4560 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable) 4561 << II 4562 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 4563 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 4564 return 0; 4565 } else { 4566 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 4567 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 4568 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 4569 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 4570 << II 4571 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 4572 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 4573 } 4574 } 4575 4576 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 4577 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 4578 R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 4579 4580 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 4581 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 4582 if (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto && 4583 R->getContainedAutoType()) 4584 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 4585 4586 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) 4587 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4588 4589 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 4590 4591 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4592 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 4593 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4594 TemplateParamLists.data()); 4595 } 4596 4597 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 4598 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 4599 } 4600 4601 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 4602 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 4603 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 4604 4605 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) { 4606 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 4607 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_non_global); 4608 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) 4609 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported); 4610 else 4611 NewVD->setThreadSpecified(true); 4612 } 4613 4614 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 4615 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 4616 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 4617 << 2 4618 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4619 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 4620 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 4621 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 4622 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 4623 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4624 else 4625 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 4626 } 4627 4628 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 4629 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 4630 4631 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 4632 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 4633 4634 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 4635 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 4636 // storage [duration]." 4637 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != 0 && 4638 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 4639 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 4640 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 4641 NewVD->setStorageClassAsWritten(SC_Static); 4642 } 4643 } 4644 4645 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 4646 // retainable type. 4647 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 4648 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4649 4650 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 4651 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 4652 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 4653 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 4654 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 4655 if (S->getFnParent() != 0) { 4656 switch (SC) { 4657 case SC_None: 4658 case SC_Auto: 4659 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 4660 break; 4661 case SC_Register: 4662 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 4663 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 4664 break; 4665 case SC_Static: 4666 case SC_Extern: 4667 case SC_PrivateExtern: 4668 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 4669 break; 4670 } 4671 } 4672 4673 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 4674 Context, Label)); 4675 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 4676 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 4677 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 4678 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 4679 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 4680 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 4681 } 4682 } 4683 4684 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 4685 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) 4686 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 4687 4688 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 4689 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 4690 // declaration has linkage). 4691 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewVD->hasLinkage(), 4692 isExplicitSpecialization); 4693 4694 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4695 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 4696 } else { 4697 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 4698 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4699 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 4700 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 4701 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4702 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 4703 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4704 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 4705 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4706 Previous.clear(); 4707 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4708 } 4709 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4710 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 4711 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 4712 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 4713 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4714 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4715 } 4716 4717 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 4718 4719 // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it. 4720 if (isExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 4721 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 4722 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4723 } 4724 4725 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewVD); 4726 4727 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of 4728 // such variables. 4729 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD->isExternC() && 4730 !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 4731 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, Previous, S); 4732 4733 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 4734 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 4735 if (NewVD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 4736 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewVD); 4737 4738 return NewVD; 4739} 4740 4741/// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 4742/// -Wshadow. 4743/// 4744/// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 4745/// scope. 4746/// 4747/// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 4748/// \param R the lookup of the name 4749/// 4750void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 4751 // Return if warning is ignored. 4752 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) == 4753 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 4754 return; 4755 4756 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 4757 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 4758 return; 4759 4760 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 4761 4762 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 4763 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 4764 return; 4765 4766 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 4767 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4768 return; 4769 4770 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 4771 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4772 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 4773 if (MD->isStatic()) 4774 return; 4775 4776 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4777 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 4778 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 4779 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 4780 for (VarDecl::redecl_iterator 4781 I = shadowedVar->redecls_begin(), E = shadowedVar->redecls_end(); 4782 I != E; ++I) 4783 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 4784 ShadowedDecl = *I; 4785 break; 4786 } 4787 } 4788 4789 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 4790 4791 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 4792 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 4793 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 4794 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 4795 return; 4796 4797 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 4798 // static data members from base classes? 4799 4800 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 4801 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 4802 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 4803 } 4804 4805 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 4806 unsigned Kind; 4807 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 4808 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4809 Kind = 3; // field 4810 else 4811 Kind = 2; // static data member 4812 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 4813 Kind = 1; // global 4814 else 4815 Kind = 0; // local 4816 4817 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 4818 4819 // Emit warning and note. 4820 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 4821 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 4822} 4823 4824/// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 4825void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 4826 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) == 4827 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 4828 return; 4829 4830 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 4831 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 4832 LookupName(R, S); 4833 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 4834} 4835 4836template<typename T> 4837static bool mayConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(const T *ND) { 4838 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = ND->getStorageClass(); 4839 if (ND->hasCLanguageLinkage() && (SC == SC_Extern || SC == SC_PrivateExtern)) 4840 return true; 4841 return ND->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit(); 4842} 4843 4844/// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 4845/// declaration. 4846/// 4847/// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 4848/// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 4849/// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 4850/// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 4851/// that have been instantiated from a template. 4852/// 4853/// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 4854/// 4855/// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 4856bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, 4857 LookupResult &Previous) { 4858 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 4859 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 4860 return false; 4861 4862 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 4863 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 4864 4865 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 4866 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 4867 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 4868 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 4869 NewVD->setType(T); 4870 } 4871 4872 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 4873 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 4874 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 4875 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 4876 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 4877 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 4878 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4879 return false; 4880 } 4881 4882 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program 4883 // scope. 4884 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 4885 && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 4886 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 4887 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4888 return false; 4889 } 4890 4891 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 4892 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 4893 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 4894 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 4895 else { 4896 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 4897 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 4898 } 4899 } 4900 4901 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 4902 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 4903 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 4904 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4905 4906 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 4907 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 4908 bool SizeIsNegative; 4909 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 4910 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 4911 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 4912 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 4913 if (FixedTInfo == 0 && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 4914 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 4915 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 4916 // int a[10][n]; 4917 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 4918 4919 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 4920 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 4921 << SizeRange; 4922 else if (NewVD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 4923 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 4924 << SizeRange; 4925 else 4926 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 4927 << SizeRange; 4928 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4929 return false; 4930 } 4931 4932 if (FixedTInfo == 0) { 4933 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 4934 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 4935 else 4936 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 4937 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4938 return false; 4939 } 4940 4941 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 4942 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 4943 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 4944 } 4945 4946 if (Previous.empty() && mayConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(NewVD)) { 4947 // Since we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 4948 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 4949 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4950 = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD->getDeclName()); 4951 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) 4952 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 4953 } 4954 4955 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. 4956 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewVD, Previous); 4957 4958 if (T->isVoidType() && !NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 4959 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 4960 << T; 4961 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4962 return false; 4963 } 4964 4965 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 4966 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 4967 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4968 return false; 4969 } 4970 4971 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 4972 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 4973 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4974 return false; 4975 } 4976 4977 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 4978 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 4979 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 4980 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4981 return false; 4982 } 4983 4984 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4985 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 4986 return true; 4987 } 4988 return false; 4989} 4990 4991/// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 4992struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 4993 Sema *S; 4994 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 4995}; 4996 4997/// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 4998/// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 4999/// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 5000static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 5001 CXXBasePath &Path, 5002 void *UserData) { 5003 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 5004 5005 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 5006 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 5007 5008 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 5009 5010 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 5011 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 5012 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 5013 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 5014 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 5015 5016 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 5017 } 5018 5019 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 5020 !Path.Decls.empty(); 5021 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 5022 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 5023 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 5024 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 5025 return true; 5026 } 5027 } 5028 5029 return false; 5030} 5031 5032namespace { 5033 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 5034} 5035/// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 5036/// overriden methods. 5037/// 5038/// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 5039/// \param MD the overriding method. 5040/// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 5041static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 5042 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 5043 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 5044 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 5045 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 5046 I != E; ++I) { 5047 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 5048 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 5049 // out the diag loop 3 times. 5050 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 5051 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 5052 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 5053 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 5054 } 5055} 5056 5057/// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 5058/// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 5059bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 5060 // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override. 5061 CXXBasePaths Paths; 5062 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 5063 Data.Method = MD; 5064 Data.S = this; 5065 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 5066 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 5067 bool AddedAny = false; 5068 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 5069 for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(), 5070 E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5071 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) { 5072 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 5073 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 5074 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 5075 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 5076 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 5077 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 5078 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 5079 AddedAny = true; 5080 } 5081 } 5082 } 5083 } 5084 5085 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 5086 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 5087 } 5088 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 5089 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 5090 } 5091 5092 return AddedAny; 5093} 5094 5095namespace { 5096 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 5097 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 5098 struct ActOnFDArgs { 5099 Scope *S; 5100 Declarator &D; 5101 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 5102 bool AddToScope; 5103 }; 5104} 5105 5106namespace { 5107 5108// Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 5109// Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 5110class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 5111 public: 5112 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 5113 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 5114 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 5115 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : 0) {} 5116 5117 virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) { 5118 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 5119 return false; 5120 5121 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 5122 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 5123 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 5124 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 5125 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 5126 5127 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 5128 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 5129 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 5130 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 5131 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 5132 return true; 5133 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 5134 return true; 5135 } 5136 } 5137 } 5138 5139 return false; 5140 } 5141 5142 private: 5143 ASTContext &Context; 5144 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 5145 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 5146}; 5147 5148} 5149 5150/// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 5151/// 5152/// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 5153/// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 5154/// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 5155/// the same name. 5156/// 5157/// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 5158/// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 5159static NamedDecl* DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 5160 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 5161 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs) { 5162 NamedDecl *Result = NULL; 5163 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 5164 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 5165 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 5166 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 5167 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 5168 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 5169 TypoCorrection Correction; 5170 bool isFriendDecl = (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5171 ExtraArgs.D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()); 5172 unsigned DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 5173 : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match; 5174 5175 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5176 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 5177 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 5178 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 5179 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 5180 DifferentNameValidatorCCC Validator(SemaRef.Context, NewFD, 5181 MD ? MD->getParent() : 0); 5182 if (!Prev.empty()) { 5183 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 5184 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 5185 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 5186 if (FD && 5187 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 5188 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 5189 // involve a parameter 5190 unsigned ParamNum = 5191 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 5192 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 5193 } 5194 } 5195 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 5196 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), 5197 Prev.getLookupKind(), 0, 0, 5198 Validator, NewDC))) { 5199 // Trap errors. 5200 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 5201 5202 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 5203 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 5204 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5205 Previous.clear(); 5206 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 5207 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 5208 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 5209 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 5210 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 5211 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 5212 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 5213 Previous.addDecl(FD); 5214 } 5215 } 5216 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 5217 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 5218 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaraction and hopefully 5219 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 5220 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 5221 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 5222 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 5223 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 5224 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 5225 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) { 5226 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 5227 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 5228 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5229 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 5230 Previous.clear(); 5231 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 5232 Result = NULL; 5233 } else { 5234 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Previous.begin(), 5235 FuncEnd = Previous.end(); 5236 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 5237 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func)) 5238 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, 0)); 5239 } 5240 } 5241 if (NearMatches.empty()) { 5242 // Ignore the correction if it didn't yield any close FunctionDecl matches 5243 Correction = TypoCorrection(); 5244 } else { 5245 DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 5246 : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_suggest; 5247 } 5248 } 5249 5250 if (Correction) { 5251 // FIXME: use Correction.getCorrectionRange() instead of computing the range 5252 // here. This requires passing in the CXXScopeSpec to CorrectTypo which in 5253 // turn causes the correction to fully qualify the name. If we fix 5254 // CorrectTypo to minimally qualify then this change should be good. 5255 SourceRange FixItLoc(NewFD->getLocation()); 5256 CXXScopeSpec &SS = ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 5257 if (Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier() && SS.isValid()) 5258 FixItLoc.setBegin(SS.getBeginLoc()); 5259 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocStart(), DiagMsg) 5260 << Name << NewDC << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts()) 5261 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement( 5262 FixItLoc, Correction.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts())); 5263 } else { 5264 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 5265 << Name << NewDC << NewFD->getLocation(); 5266 } 5267 5268 bool NewFDisConst = false; 5269 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 5270 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 5271 5272 for (SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1>::iterator 5273 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 5274 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 5275 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 5276 bool FDisConst = false; 5277 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 5278 FDisConst = MD->isConst(); 5279 5280 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 5281 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 5282 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 5283 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 5284 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_def_close_param_match) 5285 << Idx << FDParam->getType() << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx-1)->getType(); 5286 } else if (Correction) { 5287 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 5288 << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts()); 5289 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 5290 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 5291 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 5292 } else 5293 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match); 5294 } 5295 return Result; 5296} 5297 5298static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, 5299 Declarator &D) { 5300 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 5301 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 5302 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 5303 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 5304 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 5305 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5306 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 5307 D.setInvalidType(); 5308 break; 5309 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 5310 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 5311 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 5312 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 5313 // C99 6.7.1p5: 5314 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 5315 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 5316 // other than extern 5317 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 5318 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5319 diag::err_static_block_func); 5320 break; 5321 } else 5322 return SC_Static; 5323 } 5324 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 5325 } 5326 5327 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 5328 return SC_None; 5329} 5330 5331static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 5332 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 5333 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5334 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC, 5335 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 5336 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 5337 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 5338 5339 FunctionDecl *NewFD = 0; 5340 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 5341 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 5342 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 5343 = StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 5344 5345 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5346 // Determine whether the function was written with a 5347 // prototype. This true when: 5348 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 5349 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 5350 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 5351 bool HasPrototype = 5352 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 5353 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 5354 5355 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 5356 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 5357 TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 5358 HasPrototype); 5359 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5360 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5361 5362 // Set the lexical context. 5363 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext); 5364 5365 return NewFD; 5366 } 5367 5368 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 5369 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 5370 5371 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 5372 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 5373 // the class has been completely parsed. 5374 if (!DC->isRecord() && 5375 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5376 R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 5377 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5378 SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 5379 D.setInvalidType(); 5380 5381 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 5382 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 5383 assert(DC->isRecord() && 5384 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 5385 5386 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 5387 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 5388 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 5389 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 5390 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 5391 isConstexpr); 5392 5393 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 5394 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 5395 if (DC->isRecord()) { 5396 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 5397 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 5398 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 5399 SemaRef.Context, Record, 5400 D.getLocStart(), 5401 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 5402 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 5403 5404 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 5405 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 5406 // it yet. 5407 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 5408 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 5409 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 5410 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 5411 } 5412 5413 IsVirtualOkay = true; 5414 return NewDD; 5415 5416 } else { 5417 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 5418 D.setInvalidType(); 5419 5420 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 5421 // code path. 5422 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 5423 D.getLocStart(), 5424 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 5425 SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 5426 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 5427 } 5428 5429 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 5430 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 5431 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5432 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 5433 return 0; 5434 } 5435 5436 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 5437 IsVirtualOkay = true; 5438 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 5439 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 5440 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 5441 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 5442 5443 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 5444 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 5445 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 5446 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 5447 // constructor if it has no return type). 5448 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 5449 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 5450 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 5451 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 5452 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5453 return 0; 5454 } 5455 5456 bool isStatic = SC == SC_Static; 5457 5458 // [class.free]p1: 5459 // Any allocation function for a class T is a static member 5460 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 5461 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New || 5462 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New) 5463 isStatic = true; 5464 5465 // [class.free]p6 Any deallocation function for a class X is a static member 5466 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 5467 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 5468 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) 5469 isStatic = true; 5470 5471 IsVirtualOkay = !isStatic; 5472 5473 // This is a C++ method declaration. 5474 return CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 5475 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 5476 TInfo, isStatic, SCAsWritten, isInline, 5477 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 5478 5479 } else { 5480 // Determine whether the function was written with a 5481 // prototype. This true when: 5482 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 5483 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 5484 D.getLocStart(), 5485 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 5486 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 5487 } 5488} 5489 5490void Sema::checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param) { 5491 // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a 5492 // typedef of void is not permitted. 5493 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5494 Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) { 5495 bool IsTypeAlias = false; 5496 if (const TypedefType *TT = Param->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>()) 5497 IsTypeAlias = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(TT->getDecl()); 5498 else if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST = 5499 Param->getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) 5500 IsTypeAlias = TST->isTypeAlias(); 5501 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void) 5502 << IsTypeAlias; 5503 } 5504} 5505 5506NamedDecl* 5507Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 5508 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 5509 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 5510 bool &AddToScope) { 5511 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5512 5513 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 5514 5515 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 5516 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 5517 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 5518 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 5519 5520 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 5521 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 5522 5523 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value. 5524 if (R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isObjCObjectType()) { 5525 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5526 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 5527 << R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType() 5528 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(D.getIdentifierLoc(), "*"); 5529 5530 QualType T = R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(); 5531 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5532 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 5533 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 5534 R = Context.getFunctionType(T, FPT->arg_type_begin(), 5535 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI); 5536 } 5537 else if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(R)) 5538 R = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(T); 5539 } 5540 5541 bool isFriend = false; 5542 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0; 5543 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 5544 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 5545 5546 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 5547 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 5548 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 5549 5550 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 5551 5552 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 5553 isVirtualOkay); 5554 if (!NewFD) return 0; 5555 5556 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 5557 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 5558 5559 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5560 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 5561 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 5562 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 5563 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 5564 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 5565 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 5566 // C++ [class.friend]p5 5567 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 5568 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 5569 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 5570 } 5571 5572 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 5573 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 5574 // return true). 5575 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 5576 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 5577 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 5578 NewFD->setPure(true); 5579 } 5580 5581 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 5582 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 5583 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 5584 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5585 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5586 5587 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ 5588 // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the 5589 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 5590 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5591 5592 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 5593 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 5594 bool Invalid = false; 5595 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 5596 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 5597 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 5598 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5599 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 5600 TemplateParamLists.data(), 5601 TemplateParamLists.size(), 5602 isFriend, 5603 isExplicitSpecialization, 5604 Invalid)) { 5605 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 5606 // This is a function template 5607 5608 // Check that we can declare a template here. 5609 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 5610 return 0; 5611 5612 // A destructor cannot be a template. 5613 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 5614 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 5615 return 0; 5616 } 5617 5618 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 5619 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 5620 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 5621 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 5622 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 5623 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 5624 Invalid = true; 5625 } 5626 5627 5628 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 5629 NewFD->getLocation(), 5630 Name, TemplateParams, 5631 NewFD); 5632 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5633 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 5634 5635 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 5636 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 5637 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 5638 TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, 5639 TemplateParamLists.data()); 5640 } 5641 } else { 5642 // This is a function template specialization. 5643 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 5644 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 5645 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 5646 TemplateParamLists.size(), 5647 TemplateParamLists.data()); 5648 5649 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 5650 if (isFriend) { 5651 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 5652 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 5653 5654 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 5655 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 5656 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 5657 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 5658 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 5659 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 5660 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5661 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 5662 InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 5663 } 5664 5665 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 5666 << Name << RemoveRange 5667 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 5668 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 5669 } 5670 } 5671 } 5672 else { 5673 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 5674 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 5675 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 5676 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 5677 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 5678 TemplateParamLists.size(), 5679 TemplateParamLists.data()); 5680 } 5681 5682 if (Invalid) { 5683 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5684 if (FunctionTemplate) 5685 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5686 } 5687 5688 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 5689 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 5690 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 5691 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 5692 // 5693 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5694 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 5695 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5696 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 5697 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 5698 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 5699 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5700 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 5701 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 5702 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 5703 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 5704 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 5705 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5706 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 5707 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 5708 } else { 5709 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 5710 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 5711 } 5712 } 5713 5714 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 5715 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 5716 // declaration. 5717 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5718 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 5719 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 5720 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 5721 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 5722 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 5723 } 5724 } 5725 5726 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 5727 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 5728 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 5729 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 5730 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5731 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 5732 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 5733 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5734 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 5735 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 5736 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 5737 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 5738 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 5739 // or conversion function. 5740 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5741 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 5742 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 5743 } 5744 } 5745 5746 if (isConstexpr) { 5747 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 5748 // are implicitly inline. 5749 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 5750 5751 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 5752 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 5753 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 5754 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 5755 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 5756 } 5757 5758 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 5759 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 5760 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 5761 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 5762 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 5763 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5764 << 0 5765 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 5766 } else { 5767 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 5768 if (FunctionTemplate) 5769 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 5770 } 5771 } 5772 5773 if (isFriend) { 5774 // For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration. 5775 if (FunctionTemplate) { 5776 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 5777 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 5778 } 5779 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 5780 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 5781 } 5782 5783 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 5784 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 5785 case FDK_Declaration: 5786 case FDK_Definition: 5787 break; 5788 5789 case FDK_Defaulted: 5790 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 5791 break; 5792 5793 case FDK_Deleted: 5794 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 5795 break; 5796 } 5797 5798 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 5799 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 5800 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 5801 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 5802 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 5803 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 5804 } 5805 5806 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 5807 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 5808 // C++ [class.static]p1: 5809 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 5810 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 5811 // the class. 5812 5813 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 5814 // member function definition. 5815 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5816 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 5817 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5818 } 5819 5820 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 5821 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 5822 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 5823 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 5824 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 5825 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 5826 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) { 5827 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 5828 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_BasicNoexcept; 5829 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), 5830 FPT->arg_type_begin(), 5831 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI)); 5832 } 5833 } 5834 5835 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 5836 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage(), 5837 isExplicitSpecialization || 5838 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 5839 5840 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 5841 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 5842 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 5843 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 5844 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 5845 SE->getString())); 5846 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 5847 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 5848 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 5849 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 5850 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 5851 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 5852 } 5853 } 5854 5855 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 5856 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 5857 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 5858 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 5859 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 5860 5861 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 5862 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 5863 // single void argument. 5864 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 5865 // already checks for that case. 5866 if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 && 5867 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param && 5868 cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) { 5869 // Empty arg list, don't push any params. 5870 checkVoidParamDecl(cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)); 5871 } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) { 5872 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) { 5873 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param); 5874 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 5875 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 5876 Params.push_back(Param); 5877 5878 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 5879 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5880 } 5881 } 5882 5883 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 5884 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 5885 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 5886 // parameters for use in the declaration. 5887 // 5888 // @code 5889 // typedef void fn(int); 5890 // fn f; 5891 // @endcode 5892 5893 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 5894 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(), 5895 AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) { 5896 ParmVarDecl *Param = 5897 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI); 5898 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 5899 Params.push_back(Param); 5900 } 5901 } else { 5902 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 5903 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 5904 } 5905 5906 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 5907 NewFD->setParams(Params); 5908 5909 // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function 5910 // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in: 5911 // 5912 // void f(enum Y {AA} x) {} 5913 // 5914 // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope. 5915 NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope); 5916 DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear(); 5917 5918 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 5919 NewFD->addAttr( 5920 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 5921 Context)); 5922 5923 // Process the non-inheritable attributes on this declaration. 5924 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 5925 /*NonInheritable=*/true, /*Inheritable=*/false); 5926 5927 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 5928 // because all functions have linkage. 5929 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 5930 NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 5931 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 5932 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5933 } 5934 5935 // Handle attributes. 5936 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 5937 /*NonInheritable=*/false, /*Inheritable=*/true); 5938 5939 QualType RetType = NewFD->getResultType(); 5940 const CXXRecordDecl *Ret = RetType->isRecordType() ? 5941 RetType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : RetType->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl(); 5942 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && !NewFD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>() && 5943 Ret && Ret->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>()) { 5944 const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 5945 if (!(MD && MD->getCorrespondingMethodInClass(Ret, true))) { 5946 NewFD->addAttr(new (Context) WarnUnusedResultAttr(SourceRange(), 5947 Context)); 5948 } 5949 } 5950 5951 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5952 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 5953 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 5954 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5955 if (NewFD->isMain()) 5956 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 5957 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 5958 isExplicitSpecialization)); 5959 } 5960 // Make graceful recovery from an invalid redeclaration. 5961 else if (!Previous.empty()) 5962 D.setRedeclaration(true); 5963 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 5964 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 5965 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 5966 } else { 5967 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 5968 // argument list into our AST format. 5969 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5970 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 5971 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 5972 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 5973 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 5974 TemplateId->NumArgs); 5975 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 5976 TemplateArgs); 5977 5978 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 5979 5980 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5981 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 5982 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 5983 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 5984 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 5985 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 5986 5987 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 5988 } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 5989 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 5990 // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a 5991 // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template 5992 // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had 5993 // too few of them). 5994 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header) 5995 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc) 5996 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( 5997 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 5998 "template<> "); 5999 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 6000 } else { 6001 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 6002 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 6003 } 6004 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 6005 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 6006 // wrote something like: 6007 // template <> friend void foo(int); 6008 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 6009 // friend void foo<>(int); 6010 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 6011 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 6012 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6013 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6014 } 6015 6016 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 6017 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 6018 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 6019 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 6020 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 6021 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 6022 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 6023 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 6024 TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(), 6025 InstantiationDependent))) { 6026 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 6027 "friend function specialization without template args"); 6028 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 6029 Previous)) 6030 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6031 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 6032 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 6033 && !isFriend) { 6034 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 6035 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 6036 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 6037 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 6038 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 6039 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 6040 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0), 6041 Previous)) 6042 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6043 6044 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 6045 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 6046 // specialization (14.7.3) 6047 if (SC != SC_None) { 6048 if (SC != NewFD->getStorageClass()) 6049 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 6050 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 6051 << SC 6052 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 6053 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6054 6055 else 6056 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 6057 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 6058 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 6059 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6060 } 6061 6062 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 6063 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 6064 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6065 } 6066 6067 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 6068 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 6069 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6070 // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately. 6071 // This avoids some consistency errors later. 6072 if (CXXMethodDecl* methodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 6073 methodDecl->getParent()->setInvalidDecl(); 6074 } else { 6075 if (NewFD->isMain()) 6076 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 6077 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 6078 isExplicitSpecialization)); 6079 } 6080 } 6081 6082 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 6083 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 6084 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 6085 6086 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 6087 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 6088 : NewFD); 6089 6090 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { 6091 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 6092 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 6093 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 6094 6095 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 6096 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 6097 6098 PrincipalDecl->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true); 6099 } 6100 6101 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 6102 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 6103 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 6104 6105 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 6106 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 6107 if (FunctionTemplate) { 6108 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 6109 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 6110 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 6111 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0, 6112 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 6113 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 6114 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 6115 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 6116 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 6117 DC && DC->isRecord() && 6118 DC->isDependentContext()) 6119 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 6120 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 6121 } 6122 6123 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6124 // Ignore all the rest of this. 6125 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 6126 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 6127 AddToScope }; 6128 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 6129 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 6130 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 6131 6132 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 6133 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6134 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 6135 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 6136 6137 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 6138 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 6139 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 6140 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 6141 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 6142 // can actually do this check immediately. 6143 if (isFriend && 6144 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 6145 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 6146 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 6147 // ignore these 6148 } else { 6149 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 6150 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 6151 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 6152 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 6153 // 6154 // class X { 6155 // void f() const; 6156 // }; 6157 // 6158 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 6159 // 6160 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 6161 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 6162 // whether the parameter types are references). 6163 6164 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous, 6165 NewFD, 6166 ExtraArgs)) { 6167 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 6168 return Result; 6169 } 6170 } 6171 6172 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 6173 // to something. 6174 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 6175 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous, 6176 NewFD, 6177 ExtraArgs)) { 6178 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 6179 return Result; 6180 } 6181 } 6182 6183 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 6184 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 6185 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 6186 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 6187 // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 6188 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 6189 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 6190 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 6191 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 6192 // generate them. 6193 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 6194 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6195 } 6196 } 6197 6198 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 6199 6200 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 6201 6202 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 6203 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 6204 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 6205 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 6206 << NewFD; 6207 6208 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 6209 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 6210 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 6211 EPI.Variadic = true; 6212 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 6213 6214 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), 0, 0, EPI); 6215 NewFD->setType(R); 6216 } 6217 6218 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 6219 // member, set the visibility of this function. 6220 if (NewFD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 6221 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 6222 6223 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 6224 // marking the function. 6225 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 6226 6227 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the 6228 // map of such names. 6229 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD->isExternC() 6230 && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 6231 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, Previous, S); 6232 6233 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 6234 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 6235 6236 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6237 if (FunctionTemplate) { 6238 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 6239 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6240 return FunctionTemplate; 6241 } 6242 } 6243 6244 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 6245 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 6246 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 6247 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 6248 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 6249 D.setInvalidType(); 6250 } 6251 6252 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 6253 if (!NewFD->getResultType()->isVoidType()) { 6254 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6255 diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type); 6256 D.setInvalidType(); 6257 } 6258 6259 for (FunctionDecl::param_iterator PI = NewFD->param_begin(), 6260 PE = NewFD->param_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) { 6261 ParmVarDecl *Param = *PI; 6262 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 6263 6264 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 6265 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 6266 // pointer to a pointer type. 6267 if (PT->isPointerType() && PT->getPointeeType()->isPointerType()) { 6268 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_arg); 6269 D.setInvalidType(); 6270 } 6271 6272 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 6273 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 6274 // of event_t type. 6275 if (PT->isEventT()) { 6276 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_event_t_kernel_arg); 6277 D.setInvalidType(); 6278 } 6279 } 6280 } 6281 6282 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 6283 6284 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 6285 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 6286 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 6287 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 6288 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 6289 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isScalarType()) 6290 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 6291 6292 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 6293 } 6294 } 6295 6296 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 6297 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 6298 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 6299 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 6300 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 6301 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 6302 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 6303 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 6304 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 6305 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 6306 AddToScope = false; 6307 } 6308 6309 return NewFD; 6310} 6311 6312/// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 6313/// 6314/// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 6315/// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 6316/// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 6317/// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 6318/// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 6319/// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 6320/// via InstantiateDecl). 6321/// 6322/// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 6323/// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 6324/// 6325/// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 6326/// 6327/// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 6328bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 6329 LookupResult &Previous, 6330 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 6331 assert(!NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType() 6332 && "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 6333 6334 // Check for a previous declaration of this name. 6335 if (Previous.empty() && mayConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(NewFD)) { 6336 // Since we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 6337 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 6338 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 6339 = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD->getDeclName()); 6340 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) 6341 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 6342 } 6343 6344 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. 6345 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous); 6346 6347 bool Redeclaration = false; 6348 NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0; 6349 6350 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 6351 // the same name, if appropriate. 6352 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6353 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 6354 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 6355 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 6356 // function to the scope. 6357 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 6358 Redeclaration = true; 6359 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 6360 } else { 6361 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 6362 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 6363 case Ovl_Match: 6364 Redeclaration = true; 6365 break; 6366 6367 case Ovl_NonFunction: 6368 Redeclaration = true; 6369 break; 6370 6371 case Ovl_Overload: 6372 Redeclaration = false; 6373 break; 6374 } 6375 6376 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 6377 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 6378 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 6379 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 6380 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 6381 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0; 6382 if (Redeclaration) 6383 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 6384 else if (!Previous.empty()) 6385 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 6386 if (OverloadedDecl) 6387 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 6388 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 6389 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(), 6390 Context)); 6391 } 6392 } 6393 } 6394 6395 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 6396 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 6397 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 6398 // 6399 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 6400 // definition of a static member function. 6401 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 6402 if (MD && MD->isConstexpr() && !MD->isStatic() && 6403 !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 6404 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 6405 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl); 6406 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTD = 6407 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) 6408 OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldTD->getTemplatedDecl()); 6409 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 6410 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 6411 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 6412 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 6413 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; 6414 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), 6415 FPT->arg_type_begin(), 6416 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI)); 6417 } 6418 } 6419 6420 if (Redeclaration) { 6421 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 6422 // merged. 6423 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S)) { 6424 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6425 return Redeclaration; 6426 } 6427 6428 Previous.clear(); 6429 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 6430 6431 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 6432 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 6433 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 6434 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 6435 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 6436 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 6437 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 6438 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 6439 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 6440 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 6441 } 6442 6443 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 6444 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 6445 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 6446 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 6447 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 6448 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 6449 } 6450 6451 } else { 6452 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 6453 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 6454 6455 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 6456 // A valid redeclaration of a C++ method must be out-of-line, 6457 // but (unfortunately) it's not necessarily a definition 6458 // because of templates, which means that the previous 6459 // declaration is not necessarily from the class definition. 6460 6461 // For just setting the access, that doesn't matter. 6462 CXXMethodDecl *oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl); 6463 NewFD->setAccess(oldMethod->getAccess()); 6464 6465 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 6466 if (NewFD->isInlined() && 6467 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 6468 // setNonKeyFunction needs to work with the original 6469 // declaration from the class definition, and isVirtual() is 6470 // just faster in that case, so map back to that now. 6471 oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(oldMethod->getFirstDeclaration()); 6472 if (oldMethod->isVirtual()) { 6473 Context.setNonKeyFunction(oldMethod); 6474 } 6475 } 6476 } 6477 } 6478 } 6479 6480 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 6481 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6482 // C++-specific checks. 6483 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 6484 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 6485 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 6486 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 6487 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 6488 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 6489 6490 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 6491 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 6492 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 6493 DeclarationName Name 6494 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 6495 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 6496 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 6497 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 6498 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6499 return Redeclaration; 6500 } 6501 } 6502 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 6503 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 6504 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 6505 } 6506 6507 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 6508 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 6509 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 6510 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 6511 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 6512 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 6513 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 6514 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 6515 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 6516 } 6517 } 6518 } 6519 6520 if (Method->isStatic()) 6521 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 6522 } 6523 6524 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 6525 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 6526 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 6527 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6528 return Redeclaration; 6529 } 6530 6531 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 6532 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 6533 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 6534 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6535 return Redeclaration; 6536 } 6537 6538 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 6539 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 6540 // during delayed parsing anyway. 6541 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 6542 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 6543 6544 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 6545 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 6546 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 6547 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 6548 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 6549 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 6550 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 6551 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 6552 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 6553 Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 6554 } 6555 } 6556 6557 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 6558 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 6559 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 6560 if (NewFD->hasCLanguageLinkage()) { 6561 QualType R = NewFD->getResultType(); 6562 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 6563 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 6564 << NewFD << R; 6565 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 6566 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 6567 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 6568 } 6569 } 6570 return Redeclaration; 6571} 6572 6573static SourceRange getResultSourceRange(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 6574 const TypeSourceInfo *TSI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 6575 if (!TSI) 6576 return SourceRange(); 6577 6578 TypeLoc TL = TSI->getTypeLoc(); 6579 FunctionTypeLoc *FunctionTL = dyn_cast<FunctionTypeLoc>(&TL); 6580 if (!FunctionTL) 6581 return SourceRange(); 6582 6583 TypeLoc ResultTL = FunctionTL->getResultLoc(); 6584 if (isa<BuiltinTypeLoc>(ResultTL.getUnqualifiedLoc())) 6585 return ResultTL.getSourceRange(); 6586 6587 return SourceRange(); 6588} 6589 6590void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 6591 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: A program that declares main to be inline, 6592 // static or constexpr is ill-formed. 6593 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 6594 // appear in a declaration of main. 6595 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 6596 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 6597 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 6598 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 6599 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 6600 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6601 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 6602 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 6603 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 6604 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 6605 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 6606 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, 6607 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 6608 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 6609 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 6610 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 6611 } 6612 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 6613 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 6614 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 6615 FD->setConstexpr(false); 6616 } 6617 6618 QualType T = FD->getType(); 6619 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 6620 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 6621 6622 // All the standards say that main() should should return 'int'. 6623 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) { 6624 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 6625 // set the flag which tells us that. 6626 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 6627 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 6628 6629 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 6630 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 6631 // implicit-return-zero rule. 6632 } else if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6633 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 6634 6635 SourceRange ResultRange = getResultSourceRange(FD); 6636 if (ResultRange.isValid()) 6637 Diag(ResultRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 6638 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ResultRange, "int"); 6639 6640 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 6641 } else { 6642 SourceRange ResultRange = getResultSourceRange(FD); 6643 if (ResultRange.isValid()) 6644 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 6645 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ResultRange, "int"); 6646 else 6647 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint); 6648 6649 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6650 } 6651 6652 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 6653 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 6654 6655 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 6656 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs(); 6657 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 6658 6659 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 6660 6661 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 6662 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 6663 // getting shifty. 6664 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 6665 HasExtraParameters = false; 6666 6667 if (HasExtraParameters) { 6668 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 6669 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6670 nparams = 3; 6671 } 6672 6673 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 6674 // if we had some location information about types. 6675 6676 QualType CharPP = 6677 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 6678 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 6679 6680 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 6681 QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i); 6682 6683 bool mismatch = true; 6684 6685 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 6686 mismatch = false; 6687 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 6688 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 6689 // char const ** 6690 // char const * const * 6691 // char * const * 6692 6693 QualifierCollector qs; 6694 const PointerType* PT; 6695 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 6696 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 6697 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 6698 Context.CharTy)) { 6699 qs.removeConst(); 6700 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 6701 } 6702 } 6703 6704 if (mismatch) { 6705 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 6706 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 6707 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6708 } 6709 } 6710 6711 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6712 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 6713 } 6714 6715 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 6716 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_template_decl); 6717 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 6718 } 6719} 6720 6721bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 6722 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 6723 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 6724 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 6725 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 6726 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 6727 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 6728 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 6729 // rules there don't matter.) 6730 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 6731 return false; 6732 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 6733 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6734 return true; 6735} 6736 6737namespace { 6738 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 6739 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 6740 class SelfReferenceChecker 6741 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 6742 Sema &S; 6743 Decl *OrigDecl; 6744 bool isRecordType; 6745 bool isPODType; 6746 bool isReferenceType; 6747 6748 public: 6749 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 6750 6751 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 6752 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 6753 isPODType = false; 6754 isRecordType = false; 6755 isReferenceType = false; 6756 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 6757 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 6758 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 6759 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 6760 } 6761 } 6762 6763 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 6764 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 6765 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 6766 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 6767 if (isReferenceType) 6768 return; 6769 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6770 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 6771 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 6772 return; 6773 } 6774 6775 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 6776 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 6777 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 6778 return; 6779 } 6780 6781 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 6782 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6783 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 6784 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 6785 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 6786 return; 6787 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6788 } 6789 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 6790 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 6791 return; 6792 } 6793 } 6794 6795 // Reference types are handled here since all uses of references are 6796 // bad, not just r-value uses. 6797 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 6798 if (isReferenceType) 6799 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 6800 } 6801 6802 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 6803 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue || 6804 (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)) 6805 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 6806 6807 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 6808 } 6809 6810 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 6811 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 6812 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 6813 6814 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 6815 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 6816 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 6817 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 6818 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6819 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 6820 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 6821 Warn = false; 6822 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6823 } 6824 6825 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 6826 if (Warn) 6827 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 6828 return; 6829 } 6830 6831 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 6832 // Visit that expression. 6833 Visit(Base); 6834 } 6835 6836 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 6837 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 6838 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 6839 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 6840 if (!isPODType) 6841 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 6842 return; 6843 } 6844 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 6845 } 6846 6847 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; } 6848 6849 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 6850 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 6851 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 6852 unsigned diag; 6853 if (isReferenceType) { 6854 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 6855 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 6856 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 6857 } else { 6858 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 6859 } 6860 6861 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 6862 S.PDiag(diag) 6863 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 6864 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 6865 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 6866 } 6867 }; 6868 6869 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 6870 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 6871 bool DirectInit) { 6872 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 6873 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 6874 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 6875 return; 6876 6877 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 6878 6879 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 6880 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 6881 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 6882 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 6883 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 6884 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 6885 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 6886 return; 6887 6888 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).Visit(E); 6889 } 6890} 6891 6892/// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 6893/// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 6894/// initialization rather than copy initialization. 6895void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 6896 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 6897 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 6898 // the initializer. 6899 if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 6900 return; 6901 6902 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 6903 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot 6904 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. 6905 // Thus this grotesque test. 6906 IntegerLiteral *IL; 6907 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && 6908 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) 6909 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); 6910 else { 6911 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 6912 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 6913 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 6914 } 6915 return; 6916 } 6917 6918 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 6919 if (!VDecl) { 6920 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 6921 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 6922 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6923 return; 6924 } 6925 6926 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 6927 6928 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 6929 AutoType *Auto = 0; 6930 if (TypeMayContainAuto && 6931 (Auto = VDecl->getType()->getContainedAutoType()) && 6932 !Auto->isDeduced()) { 6933 Expr *DeduceInit = Init; 6934 // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it 6935 // contains exactly one expression. 6936 if (CXXDirectInit) { 6937 if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) { 6938 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 6939 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 6940 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 6941 diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 6942 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 6943 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 6944 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6945 return; 6946 } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) { 6947 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(), 6948 diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 6949 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 6950 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 6951 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6952 return; 6953 } else { 6954 DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0); 6955 } 6956 } 6957 TypeSourceInfo *DeducedType = 0; 6958 if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) == 6959 DAR_Failed) 6960 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 6961 if (!DeducedType) { 6962 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6963 return; 6964 } 6965 VDecl->setTypeSourceInfo(DeducedType); 6966 VDecl->setType(DeducedType->getType()); 6967 VDecl->ClearLinkageCache(); 6968 6969 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 6970 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 6971 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6972 6973 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 6974 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks. 6975 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 6976 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 6977 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && 6978 DeducedType->getType()->isObjCIdType()) { 6979 SourceLocation Loc = DeducedType->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 6980 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) 6981 << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 6982 } 6983 6984 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 6985 // the previously declared type. 6986 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) 6987 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old); 6988 } 6989 6990 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 6991 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 6992 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 6993 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6994 return; 6995 } 6996 6997 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 6998 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 6999 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 7000 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 7001 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 7002 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 7003 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 7004 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 7005 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 7006 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7007 return; 7008 } 7009 7010 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 7011 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 7012 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7013 AbstractVariableType)) 7014 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7015 } 7016 7017 const VarDecl *Def; 7018 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 7019 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 7020 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 7021 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7022 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7023 return; 7024 } 7025 7026 const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0; 7027 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7028 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 7029 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 7030 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 7031 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 7032 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 7033 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 7034 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 7035 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 7036 // 7037 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 7038 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 7039 // declaration with an initializer. 7040 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { 7041 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 7042 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 7043 Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7044 return; 7045 } 7046 7047 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 7048 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 7049 7050 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 7051 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7052 return; 7053 } 7054 } 7055 7056 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 7057 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 7058 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) { 7059 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 7060 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7061 return; 7062 } 7063 7064 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 7065 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 7066 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 7067 7068 // Top-level message sends default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 7069 // and we are assigning it to a variable of 'id' type. 7070 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCIdType()) 7071 if (Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && isa<ObjCMessageExpr>(Init)) { 7072 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 7073 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 7074 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7075 return; 7076 } 7077 Init = Result.take(); 7078 } 7079 7080 // Perform the initialization. 7081 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 7082 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 7083 InitializationKind Kind 7084 = DirectInit ? 7085 CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 7086 Init->getLocStart(), 7087 Init->getLocEnd()) 7088 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList( 7089 VDecl->getLocation()) 7090 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 7091 Init->getLocStart()); 7092 7093 Expr **Args = &Init; 7094 unsigned NumArgs = 1; 7095 if (CXXDirectInit) { 7096 Args = CXXDirectInit->getExprs(); 7097 NumArgs = CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs(); 7098 } 7099 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, NumArgs); 7100 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 7101 MultiExprArg(Args, NumArgs), &DclT); 7102 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 7103 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7104 return; 7105 } 7106 7107 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 7108 } 7109 7110 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 7111 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 7112 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 7113 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 7114 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 7115 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 7116 } 7117 7118 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 7119 // completed by the initializer. For example: 7120 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 7121 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 7122 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 7123 VDecl->setType(DclT); 7124 7125 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 7126 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 7127 7128 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 7129 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 7130 7131 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 7132 // Although this code can still have problems: 7133 // id x = self.weakProp; 7134 // id y = self.weakProp; 7135 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 7136 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 7137 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 7138 if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong) { 7139 DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level = 7140 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 7141 Init->getLocStart()); 7142 if (Level != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 7143 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 7144 } 7145 } 7146 7147 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 7148 // 7149 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 7150 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 7151 // full-expression. For instance, in: 7152 // 7153 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 7154 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 7155 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 7156 // 7157 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 7158 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 7159 false, 7160 VDecl->isConstexpr()); 7161 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 7162 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7163 return; 7164 } 7165 Init = Result.take(); 7166 7167 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 7168 VDecl->setInit(Init); 7169 7170 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 7171 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 7172 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 7173 // C++ does not have this restriction. 7174 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && 7175 VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 7176 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 7177 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 7178 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 7179 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 7180 // 7181 // struct S { 7182 // static const int value = 17; 7183 // }; 7184 7185 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 7186 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 7187 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 7188 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 7189 // 7190 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 7191 // If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or 7192 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 7193 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 7194 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 7195 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 7196 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 7197 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 7198 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 7199 7200 // Do nothing on dependent types. 7201 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 7202 7203 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 7204 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 7205 // type. 7206 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 7207 7208 // Require constness. 7209 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 7210 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 7211 << Init->getSourceRange(); 7212 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7213 7214 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 7215 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 7216 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 7217 SourceLocation Loc; 7218 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 7219 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 7220 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 7221 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 7222 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 7223 ; // Nothing to check. 7224 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 7225 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 7226 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 7227 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 7228 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 7229 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 7230 << Init->getSourceRange(); 7231 } else { 7232 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 7233 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 7234 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 7235 << Init->getSourceRange(); 7236 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7237 } 7238 7239 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 7240 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 7241 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 7242 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 7243 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 7244 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 7245 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 7246 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 7247 Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(), 7248 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 7249 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 7250 } else { 7251 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 7252 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 7253 7254 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 7255 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 7256 << Init->getSourceRange(); 7257 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7258 } 7259 } 7260 7261 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 7262 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType()) { 7263 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 7264 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 7265 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 7266 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 7267 7268 } else { 7269 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 7270 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 7271 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7272 } 7273 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 7274 if (VDecl->getStorageClassAsWritten() == SC_Extern && 7275 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 7276 !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified())) 7277 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 7278 7279 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 7280 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 7281 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 7282 } 7283 7284 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 7285 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 7286 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 7287 // 7288 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 7289 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 7290 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 7291 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 7292 // special case code. 7293 7294 // C++ 8.5p11: 7295 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 7296 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 7297 // class type. 7298 if (CXXDirectInit) { 7299 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 7300 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 7301 } else if (DirectInit) { 7302 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 7303 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 7304 } 7305 7306 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 7307} 7308 7309/// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 7310/// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 7311/// of sanity. 7312void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 7313 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 7314 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 7315 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 7316 7317 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 7318 if (!VD) return; 7319 7320 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 7321 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 7322 D->setInvalidDecl(); 7323 return; 7324 } 7325 7326 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 7327 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 7328 7329 // Require a complete type. 7330 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 7331 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 7332 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 7333 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 7334 return; 7335 } 7336 7337 // Require an abstract type. 7338 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 7339 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7340 AbstractVariableType)) { 7341 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 7342 return; 7343 } 7344 7345 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 7346 // though. 7347} 7348 7349void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 7350 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 7351 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 7352 if (RealDecl == 0) 7353 return; 7354 7355 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 7356 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 7357 7358 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 7359 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 7360 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 7361 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 7362 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7363 return; 7364 } 7365 7366 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 7367 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 7368 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 7369 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 7370 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 7371 // member. 7372 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 7373 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) 7374 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 7375 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 7376 << Var->getDeclName(); 7377 else 7378 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 7379 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7380 return; 7381 } 7382 7383 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 7384 case VarDecl::Definition: 7385 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 7386 break; 7387 7388 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 7389 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 7390 // a declaration. 7391 // 7392 // Fall through 7393 7394 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 7395 // It's only a declaration. 7396 7397 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 7398 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 7399 // object shall be complete. 7400 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 7401 !Var->getLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 7402 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 7403 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 7404 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7405 7406 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 7407 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 7408 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 7409 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7410 AbstractVariableType)) 7411 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7412 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 7413 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 7414 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 7415 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 7416 } 7417 7418 return; 7419 7420 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 7421 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 7422 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 7423 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 7424 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 7425 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 7426 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 7427 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 7428 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 7429 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 7430 ArrayT->getElementType(), 7431 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 7432 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7433 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 7434 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 7435 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 7436 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 7437 // NOTE: code such as the following 7438 // static struct s; 7439 // struct s { int a; }; 7440 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 7441 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 7442 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 7443 if (Var->getPreviousDecl() == 0) 7444 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 7445 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 7446 } 7447 } 7448 7449 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 7450 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 7451 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 7452 return; 7453 } 7454 7455 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 7456 // definitions with incomplete array type. 7457 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 7458 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 7459 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 7460 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7461 return; 7462 } 7463 7464 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 7465 // definitions with reference type. 7466 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 7467 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 7468 << Var->getDeclName() 7469 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 7470 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7471 return; 7472 } 7473 7474 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 7475 // variable with dependent type. 7476 if (Type->isDependentType()) 7477 return; 7478 7479 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 7480 return; 7481 7482 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 7483 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 7484 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 7485 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7486 return; 7487 } 7488 7489 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 7490 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 7491 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7492 AbstractVariableType)) { 7493 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7494 return; 7495 } 7496 7497 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 7498 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 7499 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 7500 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 7501 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 7502 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 7503 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 7504 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 7505 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 7506 // types and is declared without an initializer. 7507 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 7508 if (const RecordType *Record 7509 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 7510 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 7511 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 7512 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 7513 // incompatibilities with C++98. 7514 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 7515 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 7516 } 7517 } 7518 7519 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 7520 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 7521 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 7522 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 7523 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 7524 // type shall have a user-declared default 7525 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 7526 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 7527 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 7528 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 7529 // program is ill-formed. 7530 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 7531 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 7532 // default-initialized; [...]. 7533 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 7534 InitializationKind Kind 7535 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 7536 7537 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, 0, 0); 7538 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg()); 7539 if (Init.isInvalid()) 7540 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7541 else if (Init.get()) { 7542 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 7543 // This is important for template substitution. 7544 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 7545 } 7546 7547 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 7548 } 7549} 7550 7551void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 7552 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 7553 if (!VD) { 7554 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 7555 D->setInvalidDecl(); 7556 return; 7557 } 7558 7559 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 7560 7561 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 7562 int Error = -1; 7563 switch (VD->getStorageClassAsWritten()) { 7564 case SC_None: 7565 break; 7566 case SC_Extern: 7567 Error = 0; 7568 break; 7569 case SC_Static: 7570 Error = 1; 7571 break; 7572 case SC_PrivateExtern: 7573 Error = 2; 7574 break; 7575 case SC_Auto: 7576 Error = 3; 7577 break; 7578 case SC_Register: 7579 Error = 4; 7580 break; 7581 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 7582 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class"); 7583 } 7584 if (VD->isConstexpr()) 7585 Error = 5; 7586 if (Error != -1) { 7587 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 7588 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 7589 D->setInvalidDecl(); 7590 } 7591} 7592 7593void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 7594 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 7595 7596 // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 7597 // local retaining variable. 7598 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 7599 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 7600 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 7601 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 7602 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 7603 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 7604 break; 7605 7606 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 7607 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 7608 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 7609 break; 7610 } 7611 } 7612 7613 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 7614 var->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && 7615 getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel( 7616 diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 7617 var->getLocation())) { 7618 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 7619 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 7620 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 7621 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 7622 7623 if (!prev) 7624 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 7625 } 7626 7627 // All the following checks are C++ only. 7628 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return; 7629 7630 QualType type = var->getType(); 7631 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 7632 7633 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 7634 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7635 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 7636 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 7637 7638 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 7639 // constructing this copy. 7640 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 7641 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 7642 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 7643 ExprResult result = 7644 PerformCopyInitialization( 7645 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 7646 poi, Owned(varRef)); 7647 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 7648 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 7649 Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>(); 7650 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 7651 } 7652 } 7653 } 7654 7655 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 7656 bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal(); 7657 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 7658 7659 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 7660 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 7661 if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() && 7662 getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_global_constructor, 7663 var->getLocation()) 7664 != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored && 7665 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType())) 7666 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 7667 << Init->getSourceRange(); 7668 7669 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 7670 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 7671 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 7672 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 7673 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 7674 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 7675 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 7676 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 7677 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 7678 Notes.clear(); 7679 } 7680 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 7681 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 7682 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 7683 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 7684 } 7685 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 7686 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 7687 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 7688 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 7689 var->checkInitIsICE(); 7690 } 7691 } 7692 7693 // Require the destructor. 7694 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 7695 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 7696} 7697 7698/// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 7699/// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 7700void 7701Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 7702 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 7703 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 7704 7705 const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 7706 if (!VD) 7707 return; 7708 7709 if (VD->isFileVarDecl()) 7710 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 7711 7712 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 7713 // tag values. 7714 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 7715 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 7716 return; 7717 7718 for (specific_attr_iterator<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr> 7719 I = ThisDecl->specific_attr_begin<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>(), 7720 E = ThisDecl->specific_attr_end<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>(); 7721 I != E; ++I) { 7722 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 7723 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 7724 continue; 7725 } 7726 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 7727 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 7728 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 7729 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 7730 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 7731 continue; 7732 } 7733 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 7734 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 7735 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 7736 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 7737 continue; 7738 } 7739 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 7740 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 7741 MagicValue, 7742 I->getMatchingCType(), 7743 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 7744 I->getMustBeNull()); 7745 } 7746} 7747 7748Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 7749Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 7750 Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { 7751 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 7752 7753 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 7754 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 7755 7756 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) 7757 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) 7758 Decls.push_back(D); 7759 7760 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) 7761 if (const TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) 7762 getASTContext().addUnnamedTag(Tag); 7763 7764 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls.data(), Decls.size(), 7765 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto); 7766} 7767 7768/// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 7769/// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 7770Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 7771Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 7772 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 7773 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 7774 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 7775 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 7776 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 7777 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 7778 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 7779 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 7780 if (TypeMayContainAuto && NumDecls > 1) { 7781 QualType Deduced; 7782 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 7783 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0; 7784 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) { 7785 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 7786 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 7787 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 7788 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 7789 break; 7790 if (AT && AT->isDeduced()) { 7791 QualType U = AT->getDeducedType(); 7792 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 7793 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 7794 Deduced = U; 7795 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 7796 DeducedDecl = D; 7797 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 7798 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 7799 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 7800 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 7801 << U << D->getDeclName() 7802 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 7803 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 7804 D->setInvalidDecl(); 7805 break; 7806 } 7807 } 7808 } 7809 } 7810 } 7811 7812 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group, NumDecls); 7813 7814 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, NumDecls)); 7815} 7816 7817void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 7818 ActOnDocumentableDecls(&D, 1); 7819} 7820 7821void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { 7822 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 7823 if (NumDecls == 0 || !Group[0]) 7824 return; 7825 7826 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 7827 Group[0]->getLocation()) 7828 == DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 7829 return; 7830 7831 if (NumDecls >= 2) { 7832 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 7833 // procuded from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 7834 // additional declaration references: 7835 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 7836 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 7837 // 'struct S *pS;' 7838 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 7839 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 7840 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 7841 Group++; 7842 NumDecls--; 7843 } 7844 } 7845 7846 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 7847 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 7848 if (!Comments.empty() && 7849 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 7850 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 7851 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 7852 // 7853 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 7854 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 7855 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 7856 // ahead through comments. 7857 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) 7858 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 7859 } 7860} 7861 7862/// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 7863/// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 7864Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 7865 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 7866 7867 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 7868 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 7869 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None; 7870 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten = SC_None; 7871 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 7872 StorageClass = SC_Register; 7873 StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Register; 7874 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 7875 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 7876 StorageClass = SC_Auto; 7877 StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Auto; 7878 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 7879 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7880 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 7881 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 7882 } 7883 7884 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 7885 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 7886 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 7887 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 7888 << 0; 7889 7890 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 7891 7892 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 7893 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 7894 7895 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7896 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 7897 // parameter. 7898 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 7899 7900 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 7901 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 7902 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 7903 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 7904 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 7905 } 7906 } 7907 7908 // Ensure we have a valid name 7909 IdentifierInfo *II = 0; 7910 if (D.hasName()) { 7911 II = D.getIdentifier(); 7912 if (!II) { 7913 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 7914 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString(); 7915 D.setInvalidType(true); 7916 } 7917 } 7918 7919 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 7920 if (II) { 7921 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 7922 ForRedeclaration); 7923 LookupName(R, S); 7924 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 7925 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 7926 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 7927 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 7928 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 7929 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 7930 PrevDecl = 0; 7931 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 7932 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 7933 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7934 7935 // Recover by removing the name 7936 II = 0; 7937 D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7938 D.setInvalidType(true); 7939 } 7940 } 7941 } 7942 7943 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 7944 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 7945 // looking like class members in C++. 7946 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 7947 D.getLocStart(), 7948 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 7949 parmDeclType, TInfo, 7950 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten); 7951 7952 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7953 New->setInvalidDecl(); 7954 7955 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 7956 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 7957 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 7958 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 7959 7960 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 7961 S->AddDecl(New); 7962 if (II) 7963 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 7964 7965 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 7966 7967 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 7968 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 7969 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 7970 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 7971 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 7972 7973 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7974 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 7975 } 7976 return New; 7977} 7978 7979/// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 7980/// typedef. 7981ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 7982 SourceLocation Loc, 7983 QualType T) { 7984 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 7985 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 7986 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 7987 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0, 7988 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 7989 SC_None, SC_None, 0); 7990 Param->setImplicit(); 7991 return Param; 7992} 7993 7994void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 7995 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 7996 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 7997 // will already have done so in the template itself. 7998 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 7999 return; 8000 8001 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 8002 if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 8003 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 8004 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 8005 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 8006 } 8007 } 8008} 8009 8010void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 8011 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 8012 QualType ReturnTy, 8013 NamedDecl *D) { 8014 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 8015 return; 8016 8017 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 8018 // threshold. 8019 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 8020 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 8021 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 8022 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 8023 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 8024 } 8025 8026 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 8027 // threshold. 8028 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 8029 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 8030 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 8031 continue; 8032 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 8033 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 8034 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 8035 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 8036 } 8037} 8038 8039ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 8040 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 8041 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 8042 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass, 8043 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten) { 8044 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 8045 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 8046 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 8047 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 8048 8049 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 8050 8051 // Special cases for arrays: 8052 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 8053 // - otherwise, it's an error 8054 if (T->isArrayType()) { 8055 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 8056 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 8057 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 8058 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 8059 } 8060 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 8061 } else { 8062 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 8063 } 8064 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 8065 } 8066 8067 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 8068 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 8069 TSInfo, 8070 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten, 8071 0); 8072 8073 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 8074 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 8075 // the class has been completely parsed. 8076 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 8077 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8078 AbstractParamType)) 8079 New->setInvalidDecl(); 8080 8081 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 8082 // passed by reference. 8083 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 8084 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd(); 8085 Diag(NameLoc, 8086 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 8087 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 8088 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 8089 New->setType(T); 8090 } 8091 8092 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 8093 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 8094 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 8095 // an address space. 8096 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 8097 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 8098 New->setInvalidDecl(); 8099 } 8100 8101 return New; 8102} 8103 8104void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 8105 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 8106 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 8107 8108 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 8109 // for a K&R function. 8110 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 8111 for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 8112 --i; 8113 if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) { 8114 SmallString<256> Code; 8115 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << " int " 8116 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName() 8117 << ";\n"; 8118 Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 8119 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident 8120 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str()); 8121 8122 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 8123 // type. 8124 AttributeFactory attrs; 8125 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 8126 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 8127 unsigned DiagID; // unused 8128 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, 8129 PrevSpec, DiagID); 8130 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 8131 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 8132 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 8133 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 8134 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 8135 FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 8136 } 8137 } 8138 } 8139} 8140 8141Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) { 8142 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused"); 8143 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 8144 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 8145 8146 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 8147 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 8148 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 8149} 8150 8151static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 8152 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 8153 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 8154 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 8155 return false; 8156 8157 // Or declarations that aren't global. 8158 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 8159 return false; 8160 8161 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 8162 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 8163 return false; 8164 8165 // Don't warn about 'main'. 8166 if (FD->isMain()) 8167 return false; 8168 8169 // Don't warn about inline functions. 8170 if (FD->isInlined()) 8171 return false; 8172 8173 // Don't warn about function templates. 8174 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 8175 return false; 8176 8177 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 8178 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 8179 return false; 8180 8181 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 8182 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 8183 return false; 8184 8185 bool MissingPrototype = true; 8186 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 8187 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 8188 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 8189 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 8190 if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 8191 continue; 8192 8193 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 8194 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 8195 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 8196 break; 8197 } 8198 8199 return MissingPrototype; 8200} 8201 8202void Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD) { 8203 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 8204 // was an extern inline function. 8205 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 8206 if (FD->isDefined(Definition) && 8207 !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) { 8208 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 8209 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 8210 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 8211 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 8212 else 8213 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 8214 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 8215 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8216 } 8217} 8218 8219Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 8220 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 8221 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 8222 8223 if (!D) 8224 return D; 8225 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 8226 8227 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 8228 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 8229 else 8230 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 8231 8232 // Enter a new function scope 8233 PushFunctionScope(); 8234 8235 // See if this is a redefinition. 8236 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) 8237 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD); 8238 8239 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 8240 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 8241 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 8242 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 8243 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8244 } 8245 } 8246 8247 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 8248 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 8249 QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType(); 8250 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 8251 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 8252 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 8253 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 8254 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8255 8256 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 8257 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 8258 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 8259 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 8260 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 8261 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = 0; 8262 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 8263 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 8264 8265 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 8266 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 8267 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 8268 TypeSourceInfo* TI = PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo(); 8269 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 8270 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc* FTL = dyn_cast<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>(&TL)) 8271 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 8272 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 8273 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 8274 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL->getRParenLoc(), "void"); 8275 } 8276 } 8277 8278 if (FnBodyScope) 8279 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 8280 8281 // Check the validity of our function parameters 8282 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 8283 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 8284 8285 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 8286 for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) { 8287 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p); 8288 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 8289 8290 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 8291 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 8292 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 8293 8294 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 8295 } 8296 } 8297 8298 // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype, 8299 // introduce them into the function scope. 8300 if (FnBodyScope) { 8301 for (llvm::ArrayRef<NamedDecl*>::iterator I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(), 8302 E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); I != E; ++I) { 8303 NamedDecl *D = *I; 8304 8305 // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit 8306 // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit 8307 // and reattach to the current context. 8308 if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) { 8309 // Is the decl actually in the context? 8310 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator DI = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_begin(), 8311 DE = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_end(); DI != DE; ++DI) { 8312 if (*DI == D) { 8313 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D); 8314 break; 8315 } 8316 } 8317 // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl. 8318 D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 8319 } 8320 8321 // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope. 8322 if (!D->getName().empty()) 8323 PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 8324 8325 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 8326 // accessible in this scope. 8327 if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 8328 for (EnumDecl::enumerator_iterator EI = ED->enumerator_begin(), 8329 EE = ED->enumerator_end(); EI != EE; ++EI) 8330 PushOnScopeChains(*EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 8331 } 8332 } 8333 } 8334 8335 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 8336 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 8337 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 8338 8339 // Checking attributes of current function definition 8340 // dllimport attribute. 8341 DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 8342 if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) { 8343 // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition. 8344 // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope. 8345 if (!DA->isInherited() && 8346 !(LangOpts.MicrosoftExt && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 8347 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 8348 diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration) 8349 << "dllimport"; 8350 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8351 return D; 8352 } 8353 8354 // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue 8355 // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled. 8356 if (!LangOpts.MicrosoftExt) { 8357 // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the 8358 // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is 8359 // emitted. 8360 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 8361 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 8362 << FD->getName() << "dllimport"; 8363 } 8364 } 8365 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 8366 // a function template). 8367 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 8368 return D; 8369} 8370 8371/// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 8372/// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 8373/// optimization. 8374/// 8375/// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 8376/// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 8377/// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 8378/// use the named return value optimization. 8379/// 8380/// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 8381/// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is 8382/// the NRVO variable. 8383/// 8384/// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return 8385/// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to 8386/// find a maximal set of NRVO variables. 8387void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 8388 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 8389 8390 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0; 8391 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 8392 if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 8393 return; 8394 8395 if (!NRVOCandidate) 8396 NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate(); 8397 else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 8398 return; 8399 } 8400 8401 if (NRVOCandidate) 8402 const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true); 8403} 8404 8405bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 8406 if (!Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D)) 8407 return false; 8408 8409 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) 8410 return true; 8411 8412 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 8413 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 8414 FD = FTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 8415 else 8416 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 8417 8418 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 8419 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 8420 // rest of the file. 8421 return !FD->isConstexpr(); 8422} 8423 8424Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 8425 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 8426 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 8427 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 8428 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 8429 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, 0); 8430} 8431 8432Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 8433 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 8434} 8435 8436Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 8437 bool IsInstantiation) { 8438 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 8439 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl); 8440 if (FunTmpl) 8441 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 8442 else 8443 FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl); 8444 8445 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 8446 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0; 8447 8448 if (FD) { 8449 FD->setBody(Body); 8450 8451 // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an 8452 // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this 8453 // is the first declaration. 8454 if (FD->getPreviousDecl() != 0 && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) { 8455 if (FD->getLinkage() != ExternalLinkage) 8456 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 8457 else if (FD->isInlined() && 8458 (LangOpts.CPlusPlus || !LangOpts.GNUInline) && 8459 (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())) 8460 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 8461 } 8462 8463 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 8464 // don't complain about missing return statements. 8465 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 8466 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 8467 8468 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 8469 // defined at class scope, warn about this non standard construct. 8470 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure()) 8471 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_definition); 8472 8473 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8474 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 8475 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 8476 FD->getResultType(), FD); 8477 8478 // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable. 8479 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 8480 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 8481 8482 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 8483 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 8484 // to deduce an implicit return type. 8485 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getResultType()->isRecordType() && 8486 !FD->isDependentContext()) 8487 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 8488 } 8489 8490 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 8491 "Function parsing confused"); 8492 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 8493 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 8494 MD->setBody(Body); 8495 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8496 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 8497 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 8498 MD->getResultType(), MD); 8499 8500 if (Body) 8501 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 8502 } 8503 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 8504 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 8505 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 8506 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 8507 } 8508 } else { 8509 return 0; 8510 } 8511 8512 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 8513 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 8514 "handled in the block above."); 8515 8516 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 8517 if (Body) { 8518 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 8519 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 8520 // Verify this. 8521 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 8522 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 8523 8524 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 8525 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 8526 !dcl->isInvalidDecl() && 8527 !hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() && 8528 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 8529 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 8530 8531 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 8532 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 8533 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 8534 8535 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 8536 Destructor->getParent()); 8537 } 8538 8539 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 8540 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 8541 // deletion in some later function. 8542 if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 8543 PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 8544 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 8545 } 8546 if (!PP.getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 8547 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 8548 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 8549 // enabled. 8550 ActivePolicy = &WP; 8551 } 8552 8553 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 8554 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 8555 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 8556 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8557 8558 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function"); 8559 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 8560 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 8561 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 8562 } 8563 8564 if (!IsInstantiation) 8565 PopDeclContext(); 8566 8567 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 8568 8569 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 8570 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 8571 // deletion in some later function. 8572 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 8573 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 8574 } 8575 8576 return dcl; 8577} 8578 8579 8580/// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 8581/// relevant Decl. 8582void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 8583 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 8584 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 8585 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 8586 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 8587 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 8588 8589 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 8590 if (Method->isStatic()) 8591 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 8592} 8593 8594 8595/// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 8596/// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 8597NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 8598 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 8599 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 8600 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 8601 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 8602 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 8603 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 8604 = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II); 8605 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) { 8606 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << Pos->second; 8607 Diag(Pos->second->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 8608 return Pos->second; 8609 } 8610 8611 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 8612 unsigned diag_id; 8613 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 8614 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 8615 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 8616 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 8617 else 8618 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 8619 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 8620 8621 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 8622 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 8623 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 8624 TypoCorrection Corrected; 8625 DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> Validator; 8626 if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), 8627 LookupOrdinaryName, S, 0, Validator))) { 8628 std::string CorrectedStr = Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()); 8629 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr = Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts()); 8630 FunctionDecl *Func = Corrected.getCorrectionDeclAs<FunctionDecl>(); 8631 8632 Diag(Loc, diag::note_function_suggestion) << CorrectedQuotedStr 8633 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, CorrectedStr); 8634 8635 if (Func->getLocation().isValid() 8636 && !II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 8637 Diag(Func->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 8638 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 8639 } 8640 } 8641 8642 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 8643 const char *Dummy; 8644 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 8645 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 8646 unsigned DiagID; 8647 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID); 8648 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 8649 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 8650 SourceLocation NoLoc; 8651 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 8652 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 8653 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 8654 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 8655 /*ArgInfo=*/0, 8656 /*NumArgs=*/0, 8657 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 8658 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 8659 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 8660 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 8661 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 8662 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 8663 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 8664 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 8665 EST_None, 8666 /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc, 8667 /*Exceptions=*/0, 8668 /*ExceptionRanges=*/0, 8669 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 8670 /*NoexceptExpr=*/0, 8671 Loc, Loc, D), 8672 DS.getAttributes(), 8673 SourceLocation()); 8674 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 8675 8676 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 8677 8678 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 8679 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 8680 8681 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 8682 FD->setImplicit(); 8683 8684 CurContext = PrevDC; 8685 8686 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 8687 8688 return FD; 8689} 8690 8691/// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 8692/// the declaration of this function. 8693/// 8694/// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 8695/// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 8696/// like NSLog or printf. 8697/// 8698/// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 8699/// attributes are applied to declarations. 8700void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 8701 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 8702 return; 8703 8704 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 8705 // actual attributes. 8706 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 8707 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 8708 unsigned FormatIdx; 8709 bool HasVAListArg; 8710 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 8711 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 8712 const char *fmt = "printf"; 8713 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 8714 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 8715 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 8716 fmt = "NSString"; 8717 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 8718 fmt, FormatIdx+1, 8719 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 8720 } 8721 } 8722 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 8723 HasVAListArg)) { 8724 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 8725 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 8726 "scanf", FormatIdx+1, 8727 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 8728 } 8729 8730 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 8731 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 8732 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 8733 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 8734 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 8735 if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 8736 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 8737 } 8738 8739 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 8740 !FD->getAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 8741 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ReturnsTwiceAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 8742 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 8743 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 8744 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 8745 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 8746 } 8747 8748 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 8749 if (!Name) 8750 return; 8751 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 8752 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 8753 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 8754 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 8755 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 8756 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 8757 // about. 8758 } else 8759 return; 8760 8761 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 8762 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 8763 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 8764 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 8765 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 8766 "printf", 2, 8767 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3)); 8768 } 8769 8770 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 8771 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 8772 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 8773 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 8774 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatArgAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 1)); 8775 } 8776} 8777 8778TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 8779 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 8780 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 8781 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 8782 8783 if (!TInfo) { 8784 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 8785 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 8786 } 8787 8788 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 8789 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 8790 D.getLocStart(), 8791 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 8792 D.getIdentifier(), 8793 TInfo); 8794 8795 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 8796 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 8797 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 8798 return NewTD; 8799 } 8800 8801 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 8802 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 8803 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 8804 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 8805 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 8806 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 8807 else 8808 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 8809 } 8810 8811 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 8812 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 8813 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 8814 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 8815 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 8816 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 8817 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 8818 case TST_enum: 8819 case TST_struct: 8820 case TST_interface: 8821 case TST_union: 8822 case TST_class: { 8823 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 8824 8825 // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an 8826 // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group). 8827 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break; 8828 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break; 8829 8830 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 8831 assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 8832 8833 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 8834 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec))) 8835 break; 8836 8837 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 8838 tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 8839 break; 8840 } 8841 8842 default: 8843 break; 8844 } 8845 8846 return NewTD; 8847} 8848 8849 8850/// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 8851bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 8852 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 8853 QualType T = TI->getType(); 8854 8855 if (T->isDependentType()) 8856 return false; 8857 8858 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 8859 if (BT->isInteger()) 8860 return false; 8861 8862 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 8863 return true; 8864} 8865 8866/// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 8867/// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 8868bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 8869 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 8870 const EnumDecl *Prev) { 8871 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 8872 8873 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 8874 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 8875 << Prev->isScoped(); 8876 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 8877 return true; 8878 } 8879 8880 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 8881 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 8882 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 8883 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 8884 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 8885 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 8886 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 8887 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 8888 return true; 8889 } 8890 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 8891 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 8892 << Prev->isFixed(); 8893 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 8894 return true; 8895 } 8896 8897 return false; 8898} 8899 8900/// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 8901/// redeclaration diagnostic message. 8902/// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 8903/// 8904/// \returns diagnostic %select index. 8905static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 8906 switch (Tag) { 8907 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 8908 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 8909 case TTK_Class: return 2; 8910 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 8911 } 8912} 8913 8914/// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 8915/// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 8916/// 8917/// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 8918static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 8919{ 8920 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 8921} 8922 8923/// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 8924/// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 8925/// 8926/// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 8927bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 8928 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 8929 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 8930 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 8931 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 8932 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 8933 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 8934 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 8935 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 8936 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 8937 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 8938 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 8939 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 8940 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 8941 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 8942 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 8943 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 8944 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 8945 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 8946 if (OldTag == NewTag) 8947 return true; 8948 8949 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 8950 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 8951 bool isTemplate = false; 8952 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 8953 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 8954 8955 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 8956 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 8957 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 8958 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 8959 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 8960 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 8961 return true; 8962 } 8963 8964 if (isDefinition) { 8965 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 8966 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 8967 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 8968 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 8969 return true; 8970 } 8971 8972 bool previousMismatch = false; 8973 for (TagDecl::redecl_iterator I(Previous->redecls_begin()), 8974 E(Previous->redecls_end()); I != E; ++I) { 8975 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 8976 if (!previousMismatch) { 8977 previousMismatch = true; 8978 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 8979 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 8980 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 8981 } 8982 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 8983 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 8984 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 8985 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 8986 } 8987 } 8988 return true; 8989 } 8990 8991 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 8992 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 8993 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 8994 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 8995 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 8996 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 8997 return true; 8998 } 8999 9000 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 9001 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 9002 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 9003 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 9004 9005 // If there is a previous defintion, suggest a fix-it. 9006 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 9007 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 9008 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 9009 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 9010 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 9011 } 9012 9013 return true; 9014 } 9015 return false; 9016} 9017 9018/// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 9019/// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 9020/// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 9021/// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 9022Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 9023 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 9024 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 9025 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 9026 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 9027 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 9028 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 9029 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 9030 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 9031 TypeResult UnderlyingType) { 9032 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 9033 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 9034 assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 9035 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 9036 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 9037 9038 OwnedDecl = false; 9039 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 9040 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 9041 9042 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 9043 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 9044 bool Invalid = false; 9045 9046 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 9047 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 9048 // for non-C++ cases. 9049 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 9050 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 9051 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 9052 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, 9053 TemplateParameterLists.data(), 9054 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 9055 TUK == TUK_Friend, 9056 isExplicitSpecialization, 9057 Invalid)) { 9058 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 9059 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 9060 // be a member of another template). 9061 9062 if (Invalid) 9063 return 0; 9064 9065 OwnedDecl = false; 9066 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 9067 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 9068 TemplateParams, AS, 9069 ModulePrivateLoc, 9070 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 9071 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 9072 return Result.get(); 9073 } else { 9074 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 9075 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 9076 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 9077 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 9078 } 9079 } 9080 } 9081 9082 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 9083 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 9084 // redeclaration. 9085 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 9086 9087 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 9088 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 9089 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 9090 // type, default to int. 9091 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 9092 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 9093 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 9094 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 9095 TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0; 9096 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 9097 EnumUnderlying = TI; 9098 9099 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 9100 // Recover by falling back to int. 9101 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 9102 9103 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 9104 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 9105 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 9106 9107 } else if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) 9108 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 9109 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 9110 } 9111 9112 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 9113 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 9114 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 9115 9116 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 9117 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 9118 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 9119 9120 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 9121 9122 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 9123 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 9124 9125 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 9126 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 9127 Name = 0; 9128 goto CreateNewDecl; 9129 } 9130 9131 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 9132 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 9133 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 9134 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 9135 if (!DC) { 9136 IsDependent = true; 9137 return 0; 9138 } 9139 } else { 9140 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 9141 if (!DC) { 9142 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 9143 << SS.getRange(); 9144 return 0; 9145 } 9146 } 9147 9148 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 9149 return 0; 9150 9151 SearchDC = DC; 9152 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 9153 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 9154 9155 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 9156 return 0; 9157 9158 if (Previous.empty()) { 9159 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 9160 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 9161 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 9162 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 9163 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 9164 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 9165 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 9166 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 9167 IsDependent = true; 9168 return 0; 9169 } 9170 9171 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 9172 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 9173 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 9174 Name = 0; 9175 Invalid = true; 9176 goto CreateNewDecl; 9177 } 9178 } else if (Name) { 9179 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 9180 // declaration or definition. 9181 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 9182 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 9183 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 9184 LookupName(Previous, S); 9185 9186 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 9187 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 9188 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 9189 while (F.hasNext()) { 9190 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 9191 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 9192 F.erase(); 9193 } 9194 F.done(); 9195 } 9196 9197 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 9198 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 9199 return 0; 9200 9201 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 9202 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 9203 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 9204 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 9205 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 9206 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 9207 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 9208 } 9209 } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 9210 // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its 9211 // initial context to the translation unit. 9212 // FIXME: [citation needed] 9213 SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 9214 } 9215 9216 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 9217 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 9218 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 9219 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 9220 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 9221 Previous.clear(); 9222 } 9223 9224 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 9225 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 9226 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 9227 isStdBadAlloc = true; 9228 9229 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 9230 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 9231 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 9232 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 9233 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 9234 } 9235 } 9236 9237 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 9238 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 9239 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 9240 // there's a shadow friend decl. 9241 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 9242 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 9243 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 9244 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 9245 9246 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 9247 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 9248 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 9249 // 9250 // class-key identifier 9251 // 9252 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 9253 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 9254 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 9255 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 9256 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 9257 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 9258 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 9259 // declaration. 9260 // 9261 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 9262 // C structs and unions. 9263 // 9264 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 9265 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 9266 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 9267 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 9268 // 9269 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 9270 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 9271 // 9272 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 9273 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 9274 // lexical context, 9275 while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 9276 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 9277 9278 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 9279 while (S->isClassScope() || 9280 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 9281 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 9282 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 9283 (S->getEntity() && 9284 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())) 9285 S = S->getParent(); 9286 } else { 9287 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 9288 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 9289 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 9290 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 9291 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 9292 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 9293 } 9294 9295 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 9296 // diagnose some problems. 9297 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9298 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 9299 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 9300 } 9301 } 9302 9303 if (!Previous.empty()) { 9304 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 9305 9306 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 9307 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 9308 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 9309 // in C++. 9310 // 9311 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 9312 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 9313 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 9314 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 9315 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9316 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 9317 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 9318 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 9319 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 9320 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 9321 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 9322 PrevDecl = Tag; 9323 Previous.clear(); 9324 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 9325 Previous.resolveKind(); 9326 } 9327 } 9328 } 9329 } 9330 9331 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 9332 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 9333 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 9334 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 9335 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 9336 isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization)) { 9337 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 9338 // struct or something similar. 9339 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 9340 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 9341 *Name)) { 9342 bool SafeToContinue 9343 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 9344 Kind != TTK_Enum); 9345 if (SafeToContinue) 9346 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 9347 << Name 9348 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 9349 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 9350 else 9351 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 9352 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 9353 9354 if (SafeToContinue) 9355 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 9356 else { 9357 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 9358 Name = 0; 9359 Previous.clear(); 9360 Invalid = true; 9361 } 9362 } 9363 9364 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 9365 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 9366 9367 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 9368 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 9369 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 9370 if (ScopedEnum) 9371 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 9372 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 9373 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 9374 return PrevTagDecl; 9375 } 9376 9377 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 9378 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 9379 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType(); 9380 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 9381 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 9382 9383 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 9384 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 9385 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 9386 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 9387 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum)) 9388 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : 0; 9389 } 9390 9391 if (!Invalid) { 9392 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found. 9393 9394 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 9395 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 9396 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 9397 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 9398 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || 9399 getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) || TUK == TUK_Friend) 9400 return PrevTagDecl; 9401 9402 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 9403 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 9404 if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 9405 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 9406 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 9407 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 9408 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 9409 if (isExplicitSpecialization) { 9410 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 9411 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 9412 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 9413 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 9414 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 9415 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 9416 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 9417 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 9418 } 9419 9420 if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 9421 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 9422 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 9423 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 9424 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 9425 else 9426 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 9427 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9428 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 9429 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 9430 // references get the previous definition. 9431 Name = 0; 9432 Previous.clear(); 9433 Invalid = true; 9434 } 9435 } else { 9436 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 9437 // about a nested redefinition. 9438 const TagType *Tag 9439 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); 9440 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 9441 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 9442 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 9443 diag::note_previous_definition); 9444 Name = 0; 9445 Previous.clear(); 9446 Invalid = true; 9447 } 9448 } 9449 9450 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 9451 // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 9452 } 9453 } 9454 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 9455 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 9456 9457 } else { 9458 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 9459 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 9460 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 9461 // have distinct types. 9462 Previous.clear(); 9463 } 9464 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 9465 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 9466 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 9467 9468 9469 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 9470 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 9471 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 9472 } else { 9473 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 9474 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 9475 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 9476 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 9477 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 9478 unsigned Kind = 0; 9479 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 9480 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 9481 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 9482 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 9483 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 9484 Invalid = true; 9485 9486 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 9487 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 9488 isExplicitSpecialization)) { 9489 // do nothing 9490 9491 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 9492 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 9493 unsigned Kind = 0; 9494 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 9495 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 9496 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 9497 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 9498 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 9499 Invalid = true; 9500 9501 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 9502 // case here. 9503 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 9504 unsigned Kind = 0; 9505 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 9506 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 9507 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 9508 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 9509 Invalid = true; 9510 9511 // Otherwise, diagnose. 9512 } else { 9513 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 9514 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 9515 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 9516 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9517 Name = 0; 9518 Invalid = true; 9519 } 9520 9521 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 9522 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 9523 Previous.clear(); 9524 } 9525 } 9526 9527CreateNewDecl: 9528 9529 TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 9530 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 9531 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 9532 9533 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 9534 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 9535 // keyword. 9536 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 9537 9538 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 9539 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 9540 // PrevDecl. 9541 TagDecl *New; 9542 9543 bool IsForwardReference = false; 9544 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 9545 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 9546 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 9547 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 9548 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 9549 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 9550 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 9551 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 9552 TagDecl *Def; 9553 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 9554 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 9555 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 9556 } 9557 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 9558 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 9559 << New; 9560 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9561 } else { 9562 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 9563 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) 9564 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 9565 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 9566 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 9567 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 9568 9569 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 9570 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 9571 // the declaration context. 9572 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 9573 IsForwardReference = true; 9574 } 9575 } 9576 9577 if (EnumUnderlying) { 9578 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 9579 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 9580 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 9581 else 9582 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 9583 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 9584 } 9585 9586 } else { 9587 // struct/union/class 9588 9589 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 9590 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 9591 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9592 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 9593 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 9594 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 9595 9596 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 9597 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 9598 } else 9599 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 9600 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 9601 } 9602 9603 // Maybe add qualifier info. 9604 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 9605 if (SS.isSet()) { 9606 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 9607 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 9608 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 9609 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 9610 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 9611 if (!isExplicitSpecialization && 9612 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 9613 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, NameLoc)) 9614 Invalid = true; 9615 9616 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 9617 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 9618 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 9619 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 9620 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 9621 } 9622 } 9623 else 9624 Invalid = true; 9625 } 9626 9627 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 9628 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 9629 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 9630 // 9631 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 9632 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 9633 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 9634 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 9635 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 9636 // parsing of the struct). 9637 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 9638 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 9639 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 9640 } 9641 } 9642 9643 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 9644 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 9645 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 9646 << 2 9647 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 9648 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 9649 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 9650 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 9651 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 9652 New->setModulePrivate(); 9653 } 9654 9655 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 9656 // check the specialization. 9657 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 9658 Invalid = true; 9659 9660 if (Invalid) 9661 New->setInvalidDecl(); 9662 9663 if (Attr) 9664 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 9665 9666 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope 9667 // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function. 9668 if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 9669 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 9670 9671 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 9672 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 9673 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 9674 9675 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 9676 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 9677 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 9678 // the tag name visible. 9679 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 9680 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty() || 9681 getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt); 9682 9683 // Set the access specifier. 9684 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 9685 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 9686 9687 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 9688 New->startDefinition(); 9689 9690 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 9691 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 9692 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 9693 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 9694 if (PrevDecl) 9695 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 9696 9697 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 9698 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 9699 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 9700 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 9701 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 9702 } else if (Name) { 9703 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 9704 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 9705 if (IsForwardReference) 9706 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 9707 9708 } else { 9709 CurContext->addDecl(New); 9710 } 9711 9712 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 9713 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 9714 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 9715 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 9716 II->isStr("FILE")) 9717 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 9718 9719 // If we were in function prototype scope (and not in C++ mode), add this 9720 // tag to the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 9721 if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 9722 InFunctionDeclarator && Name) 9723 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New); 9724 9725 if (PrevDecl) 9726 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 9727 9728 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 9729 // record. 9730 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 9731 9732 OwnedDecl = true; 9733 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 9734 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 9735 return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? 0 : New; 9736} 9737 9738void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 9739 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 9740 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 9741 9742 // Enter the tag context. 9743 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 9744 9745 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 9746 9747 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 9748 // record. 9749 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 9750} 9751 9752Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 9753 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 9754 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 9755 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 9756 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 9757 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 9758 CurContext = OCD; 9759 return IDecl; 9760} 9761 9762void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 9763 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 9764 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 9765 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 9766 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 9767 9768 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 9769 9770 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 9771 return; 9772 9773 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 9774 Record->addAttr(new (Context) FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context)); 9775 9776 // C++ [class]p2: 9777 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 9778 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 9779 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 9780 // as if it were a public member name. 9781 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 9782 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 9783 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 9784 Record->getIdentifier(), 9785 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 9786 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 9787 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 9788 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 9789 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 9790 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 9791 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 9792 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 9793 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 9794 "Broken injected-class-name"); 9795} 9796 9797void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 9798 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 9799 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 9800 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 9801 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 9802 9803 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 9804 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 9805 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 9806 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 9807 RD->completeDefinition(); 9808 } 9809 9810 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 9811 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 9812 9813 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 9814 PopDeclContext(); 9815 9816 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 9817 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 9818 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 9819 9820 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 9821 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 9822} 9823 9824void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 9825 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 9826 PopDeclContext(); 9827} 9828 9829void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 9830 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 9831 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 9832 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 9833} 9834 9835void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 9836 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 9837 OriginalLexicalContext = 0; 9838} 9839 9840void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 9841 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 9842 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 9843 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 9844 9845 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 9846 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 9847 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 9848 RD->completeDefinition(); 9849 } 9850 9851 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 9852 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 9853 // the FieldCollector. 9854 9855 PopDeclContext(); 9856} 9857 9858// Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 9859ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 9860 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 9861 QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth, 9862 bool *ZeroWidth) { 9863 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 9864 if (ZeroWidth) 9865 *ZeroWidth = true; 9866 9867 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 9868 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 9869 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 9870 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 9871 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 9872 return ExprError(); 9873 if (FieldName) 9874 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 9875 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 9876 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 9877 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 9878 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 9879 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 9880 return ExprError(); 9881 9882 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 9883 // it now. 9884 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 9885 return Owned(BitWidth); 9886 9887 llvm::APSInt Value; 9888 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 9889 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 9890 return ICE; 9891 BitWidth = ICE.take(); 9892 9893 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 9894 *ZeroWidth = false; 9895 9896 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 9897 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 9898 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 9899 9900 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 9901 if (FieldName) 9902 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 9903 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 9904 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 9905 << Value.toString(10); 9906 } 9907 9908 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 9909 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 9910 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 9911 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9912 if (FieldName) 9913 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 9914 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 9915 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 9916 9917 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 9918 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 9919 } 9920 9921 if (FieldName) 9922 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 9923 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 9924 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 9925 else 9926 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 9927 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 9928 } 9929 } 9930 9931 return Owned(BitWidth); 9932} 9933 9934/// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 9935/// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 9936Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 9937 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 9938 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 9939 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 9940 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 9941 return Res; 9942} 9943 9944/// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 9945/// 9946FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 9947 SourceLocation DeclStart, 9948 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 9949 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 9950 AccessSpecifier AS) { 9951 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 9952 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 9953 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 9954 9955 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 9956 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 9957 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9958 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 9959 9960 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 9961 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 9962 D.setInvalidType(); 9963 T = Context.IntTy; 9964 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 9965 } 9966 } 9967 9968 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r: 9969 // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field. 9970 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) { 9971 Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field); 9972 D.setInvalidType(); 9973 } 9974 9975 9976 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 9977 9978 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 9979 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 9980 9981 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 9982 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 9983 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 9984 LookupName(Previous, S); 9985 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 9986 case LookupResult::Found: 9987 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 9988 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 9989 break; 9990 9991 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 9992 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 9993 break; 9994 9995 case LookupResult::NotFound: 9996 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 9997 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 9998 break; 9999 } 10000 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 10001 10002 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 10003 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 10004 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 10005 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 10006 PrevDecl = 0; 10007 } 10008 10009 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 10010 PrevDecl = 0; 10011 10012 bool Mutable 10013 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 10014 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 10015 FieldDecl *NewFD 10016 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 10017 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 10018 10019 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 10020 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 10021 10022 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 10023 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 10024 10025 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 10026 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 10027 // with the same name in the same scope. 10028 } else if (II) { 10029 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 10030 } else 10031 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 10032 10033 return NewFD; 10034} 10035 10036/// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 10037/// 10038/// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 10039/// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 10040/// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 10041/// created. 10042/// 10043/// \returns a new FieldDecl. 10044/// 10045/// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 10046FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 10047 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 10048 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 10049 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 10050 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 10051 SourceLocation TSSL, 10052 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 10053 Declarator *D) { 10054 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 10055 bool InvalidDecl = false; 10056 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 10057 10058 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 10059 // marking this declaration as invalid. 10060 if (T.isNull()) { 10061 InvalidDecl = true; 10062 T = Context.IntTy; 10063 } 10064 10065 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 10066 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 10067 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 10068 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 10069 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 10070 InvalidDecl = true; 10071 } else { 10072 NamedDecl *Def; 10073 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 10074 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 10075 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 10076 InvalidDecl = true; 10077 } 10078 } 10079 } 10080 10081 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 10082 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 10083 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 10084 InvalidDecl = true; 10085 } 10086 10087 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 10088 // than a variably modified type. 10089 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 10090 bool SizeIsNegative; 10091 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 10092 10093 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 10094 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 10095 SizeIsNegative, 10096 Oversized); 10097 if (FixedTInfo) { 10098 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 10099 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 10100 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 10101 } else { 10102 if (SizeIsNegative) 10103 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 10104 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 10105 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 10106 << Oversized.toString(10); 10107 else 10108 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 10109 InvalidDecl = true; 10110 } 10111 } 10112 10113 // Fields can not have abstract class types 10114 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 10115 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10116 AbstractFieldType)) 10117 InvalidDecl = true; 10118 10119 bool ZeroWidth = false; 10120 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 10121 if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) { 10122 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth, &ZeroWidth).take(); 10123 if (!BitWidth) { 10124 InvalidDecl = true; 10125 BitWidth = 0; 10126 ZeroWidth = false; 10127 } 10128 } 10129 10130 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 10131 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 10132 unsigned DiagID = 0; 10133 if (T->isReferenceType()) 10134 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference; 10135 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 10136 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 10137 10138 if (DiagID) { 10139 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 10140 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 10141 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 10142 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 10143 Mutable = false; 10144 InvalidDecl = true; 10145 } 10146 } 10147 10148 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 10149 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 10150 if (InvalidDecl) 10151 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10152 10153 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 10154 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 10155 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10156 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10157 } 10158 10159 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10160 if (Record->isUnion()) { 10161 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 10162 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 10163 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 10164 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 10165 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 10166 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 10167 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 10168 // objects. 10169 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 10170 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10171 } 10172 } 10173 10174 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 10175 // the program is ill-formed. 10176 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 10177 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 10178 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 10179 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10180 } 10181 } 10182 } 10183 10184 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 10185 // representation, not a parser representation. 10186 if (D) { 10187 // FIXME: What to pass instead of TUScope? 10188 ProcessDeclAttributes(TUScope, NewFD, *D); 10189 10190 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 10191 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 10192 } 10193 10194 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 10195 // retainable type. 10196 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 10197 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10198 10199 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 10200 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 10201 10202 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 10203 return NewFD; 10204} 10205 10206bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 10207 assert(FD); 10208 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 10209 10210 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 10211 return true; 10212 10213 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 10214 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 10215 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 10216 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 10217 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 10218 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 10219 // copy constructors. 10220 10221 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 10222 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 10223 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 10224 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 10225 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 10226 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 10227 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 10228 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 10229 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 10230 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 10231 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 10232 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 10233 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 10234 member = CXXDestructor; 10235 10236 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 10237 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 10238 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 10239 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 10240 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 10241 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 10242 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 10243 // members unavailable. 10244 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 10245 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 10246 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 10247 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(Loc, Context, 10248 "this system field has retaining ownership")); 10249 return false; 10250 } 10251 } 10252 10253 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 10254 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 10255 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 10256 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 10257 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 10258 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 10259 } 10260 } 10261 } 10262 10263 return false; 10264} 10265 10266/// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 10267/// AST enum value. 10268static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 10269TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 10270 switch (ivarVisibility) { 10271 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 10272 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 10273 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 10274 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 10275 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 10276 } 10277} 10278 10279/// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 10280/// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 10281Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 10282 SourceLocation DeclStart, 10283 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 10284 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 10285 10286 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 10287 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 10288 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 10289 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 10290 10291 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 10292 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 10293 10294 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 10295 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 10296 10297 if (BitWidth) { 10298 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 10299 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth).take(); 10300 if (!BitWidth) 10301 D.setInvalidType(); 10302 } else { 10303 // Not a bitfield. 10304 10305 // validate II. 10306 10307 } 10308 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 10309 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 10310 D.setInvalidType(); 10311 } 10312 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 10313 // than a variably modified type. 10314 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 10315 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 10316 D.setInvalidType(); 10317 } 10318 10319 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 10320 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 10321 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 10322 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 10323 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 10324 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 10325 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 10326 return 0; 10327 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 10328 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 10329 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10330 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 10331 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 10332 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 10333 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 10334 } 10335 else 10336 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 10337 } else { 10338 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 10339 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10340 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 10341 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 10342 return 0; 10343 } 10344 } 10345 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 10346 } 10347 10348 // Construct the decl. 10349 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 10350 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 10351 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 10352 10353 if (II) { 10354 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 10355 ForRedeclaration); 10356 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 10357 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 10358 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 10359 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10360 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 10361 } 10362 } 10363 10364 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 10365 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 10366 10367 if (D.isInvalidType()) 10368 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 10369 10370 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 10371 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 10372 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 10373 10374 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 10375 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 10376 10377 if (II) { 10378 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 10379 // these to the interface. 10380 S->AddDecl(NewID); 10381 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 10382 } 10383 10384 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 10385 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 10386 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 10387 10388 return NewID; 10389} 10390 10391/// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 10392/// class and class extensions. For every class @interface and class 10393/// extension @interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 10394/// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 10395void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 10396 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 10397 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 10398 return; 10399 10400 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 10401 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 10402 10403 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 10404 return; 10405 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 10406 if (!ID) { 10407 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 10408 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 10409 return; 10410 } 10411 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 10412 else 10413 return; 10414 } 10415 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 10416 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 10417 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 10418 10419 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 10420 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0, 10421 Context.CharTy, 10422 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 10423 DeclLoc), 10424 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 10425 true); 10426 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 10427} 10428 10429void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S, 10430 SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 10431 llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, 10432 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 10433 AttributeList *Attr) { 10434 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 10435 10436 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 10437 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 10438 // it will now change. 10439 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10440 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 10441 switch (DC->getKind()) { 10442 default: break; 10443 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 10444 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 10445 break; 10446 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 10447 Context. 10448 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 10449 break; 10450 } 10451 } 10452 10453 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 10454 10455 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 10456 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 10457 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 10458 if (Record) { 10459 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator i = Record->decls_begin(), 10460 e = Record->decls_end(); i != e; i++) { 10461 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(*i)) 10462 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 10463 ++NumNamedMembers; 10464 } 10465 } 10466 10467 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 10468 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 10469 10470 bool ARCErrReported = false; 10471 for (llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 10472 i != end; ++i) { 10473 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 10474 10475 // Get the type for the field. 10476 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 10477 10478 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 10479 // Remember all fields written by the user. 10480 RecFields.push_back(FD); 10481 } 10482 10483 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 10484 // diagnostics about it. 10485 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 10486 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10487 continue; 10488 } 10489 10490 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 10491 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 10492 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 10493 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 10494 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 10495 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 10496 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 10497 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 10498 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 10499 // array. 10500 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 10501 // Field declared as a function. 10502 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 10503 << FD->getDeclName(); 10504 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10505 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10506 continue; 10507 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 10508 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 10509 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 10510 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 10511 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 10512 // Flexible array member. 10513 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 10514 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 10515 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 10516 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 10517 if (Record->isUnion()) 10518 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms) 10519 << FD->getDeclName(); 10520 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 10521 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms) 10522 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 10523 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10524 if (Record->isUnion()) 10525 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) 10526 << FD->getDeclName(); 10527 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 10528 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu) 10529 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 10530 } else if (!getLangOpts().C99) { 10531 if (Record->isUnion()) 10532 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) 10533 << FD->getDeclName(); 10534 else 10535 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 10536 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 10537 } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) { 10538 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct) 10539 << FD->getDeclName(); 10540 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10541 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10542 continue; 10543 } 10544 if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() && 10545 !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()).isPODType(Context)) { 10546 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type) 10547 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 10548 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10549 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10550 continue; 10551 } 10552 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 10553 if (Record) 10554 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 10555 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 10556 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 10557 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 10558 // Incomplete type 10559 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10560 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10561 continue; 10562 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 10563 if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 10564 // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible". 10565 if (Record && Record->isUnion()) { 10566 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 10567 } else { 10568 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 10569 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 10570 // structures. 10571 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 10572 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 10573 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 10574 else { 10575 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 10576 // other structs as an extension. 10577 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 10578 << FD->getDeclName(); 10579 if (Record) 10580 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 10581 } 10582 } 10583 } 10584 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 10585 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 10586 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10587 AbstractIvarType)) { 10588 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 10589 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10590 } 10591 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 10592 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 10593 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 10594 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 10595 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 10596 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 10597 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 10598 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 10599 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 10600 FD->setType(T); 10601 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported && 10602 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) { 10603 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 10604 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 10605 // so we just make the field unavailable. 10606 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 10607 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 10608 QualType T = FD->getType(); 10609 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 10610 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 10611 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 10612 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 10613 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 10614 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(loc, Context, 10615 "this system field has retaining ownership")); 10616 } 10617 } else { 10618 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) 10619 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); 10620 } 10621 ARCErrReported = true; 10622 } 10623 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 10624 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 10625 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 10626 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 10627 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 10628 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 10629 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 10630 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 10631 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 10632 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 10633 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 10634 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 10635 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 10636 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 10637 } 10638 } 10639 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 10640 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 10641 // Keep track of the number of named members. 10642 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 10643 ++NumNamedMembers; 10644 } 10645 10646 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 10647 if (Record) { 10648 bool Completed = false; 10649 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 10650 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 10651 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 10652 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 10653 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 10654 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 10655 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 10656 10657 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 10658 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 10659 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 10660 CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) 10661 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 10662 10663 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 10664 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 10665 10666 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 10667 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 10668 // problem now. 10669 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 10670 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 10671 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 10672 10673 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 10674 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 10675 M != MEnd; ++M) { 10676 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 10677 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 10678 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 10679 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 10680 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 10681 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 10682 continue; 10683 10684 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 10685 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 10686 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 10687 // program is ill-formed. 10688 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 10689 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 10690 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 10691 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 10692 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 10693 OM = SO->second.begin(), 10694 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 10695 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 10696 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 10697 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 10698 10699 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 10700 } 10701 } 10702 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 10703 Completed = true; 10704 } 10705 } 10706 } 10707 } 10708 10709 if (!Completed) 10710 Record->completeDefinition(); 10711 10712 if (Record->hasAttrs()) 10713 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 10714 } else { 10715 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 10716 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 10717 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10718 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 10719 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 10720 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 10721 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 10722 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 10723 } 10724 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 10725 // duplicates. 10726 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 10727 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 10728 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 10729 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10730 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 10731 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 10732 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 10733 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 10734 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 10735 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 10736 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 10737 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 10738 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 10739 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10740 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 10741 // reported as errors elsewhere. 10742 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 10743 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 10744 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 10745 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 10746 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 10747 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 10748 if (IDecl) { 10749 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 10750 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 10751 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 10752 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 10753 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10754 continue; 10755 } 10756 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::known_extensions_iterator 10757 Ext = IDecl->known_extensions_begin(), 10758 ExtEnd = IDecl->known_extensions_end(); 10759 Ext != ExtEnd; ++Ext) { 10760 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 10761 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 10762 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 10763 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 10764 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10765 continue; 10766 } 10767 } 10768 } 10769 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 10770 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 10771 } 10772 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 10773 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 10774 } 10775 } 10776 10777 if (Attr) 10778 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 10779} 10780 10781/// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 10782/// the given type T. 10783static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 10784 llvm::APSInt &Value, 10785 QualType T) { 10786 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 10787 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 10788 10789 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 10790 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 10791 --BitWidth; 10792 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 10793 } 10794 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 10795} 10796 10797// \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 10798// (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 10799static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 10800 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 10801 // enum checking below. 10802 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 10803 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 10804 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 10805 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 10806 }; 10807 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 10808 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 10809 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 10810 }; 10811 10812 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 10813 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 10814 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 10815 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 10816 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 10817 return Types[I]; 10818 10819 return QualType(); 10820} 10821 10822EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 10823 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 10824 SourceLocation IdLoc, 10825 IdentifierInfo *Id, 10826 Expr *Val) { 10827 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 10828 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 10829 QualType EltTy; 10830 10831 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 10832 Val = 0; 10833 10834 if (Val) 10835 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).take(); 10836 10837 if (Val) { 10838 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 10839 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 10840 else { 10841 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 10842 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 10843 !getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) { 10844 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 10845 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 10846 // constant expression of the underlying type. 10847 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 10848 ExprResult Converted = 10849 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 10850 CCEK_Enumerator); 10851 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 10852 Val = 0; 10853 else 10854 Val = Converted.take(); 10855 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 10856 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 10857 &EnumVal).take())) { 10858 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 10859 } else { 10860 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 10861 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 10862 10863 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 10864 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 10865 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 10866 // expression checking. 10867 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 10868 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) { 10869 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 10870 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 10871 } else 10872 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 10873 } else 10874 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 10875 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10876 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 10877 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 10878 // is the type of its initializing value: 10879 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 10880 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 10881 EltTy = Val->getType(); 10882 } else { 10883 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 10884 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 10885 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 10886 // representable as an int. 10887 10888 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 10889 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 10890 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 10891 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 10892 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 10893 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 10894 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 10895 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 10896 } 10897 EltTy = Val->getType(); 10898 } 10899 } 10900 } 10901 } 10902 10903 if (!Val) { 10904 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 10905 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 10906 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 10907 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 10908 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 10909 // is the type of its initializing value: 10910 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 10911 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 10912 // 10913 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 10914 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 10915 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 10916 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 10917 } 10918 else { 10919 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 10920 } 10921 } else { 10922 // Assign the last value + 1. 10923 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 10924 ++EnumVal; 10925 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 10926 10927 // Check for overflow on increment. 10928 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 10929 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 10930 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 10931 // is the type of its initializing value: 10932 // 10933 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 10934 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 10935 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 10936 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 10937 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 10938 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 10939 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 10940 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 10941 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 10942 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 10943 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 10944 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 10945 ++EnumVal; 10946 if (Enum->isFixed()) 10947 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 10948 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 10949 << EnumVal.toString(10) 10950 << EltTy; 10951 else 10952 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large) 10953 << EnumVal.toString(10); 10954 } else { 10955 EltTy = T; 10956 } 10957 10958 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 10959 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 10960 // value, then increment. 10961 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 10962 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 10963 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 10964 ++EnumVal; 10965 10966 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 10967 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 10968 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 10969 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 10970 // integral type. 10971 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 10972 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 10973 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10974 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 10975 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 10976 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 10977 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 10978 } 10979 } 10980 } 10981 10982 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 10983 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 10984 // enumerator's type. 10985 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 10986 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 10987 } 10988 10989 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 10990 Val, EnumVal); 10991} 10992 10993 10994Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 10995 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 10996 AttributeList *Attr, 10997 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 10998 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 10999 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 11000 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 11001 11002 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 11003 // we find one that is. 11004 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 11005 11006 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 11007 // scope. 11008 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 11009 ForRedeclaration); 11010 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 11011 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 11012 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 11013 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 11014 PrevDecl = 0; 11015 } 11016 11017 if (PrevDecl) { 11018 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 11019 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 11020 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 11021 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 11022 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 11023 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 11024 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 11025 else 11026 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 11027 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11028 return 0; 11029 } 11030 } 11031 11032 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 11033 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 11034 // different from T: 11035 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 11036 // enumerated type 11037 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record 11038 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>( 11039 TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 11040 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() && 11041 Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id) 11042 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id; 11043 11044 EnumConstantDecl *New = 11045 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 11046 11047 if (New) { 11048 // Process attributes. 11049 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 11050 11051 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 11052 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 11053 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 11054 } 11055 11056 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 11057 11058 return New; 11059} 11060 11061// Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 11062// duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 11063// Element2 = Element1 11064// Element2 = Element1 + 1 11065// Element2 = Element1 - 1 11066// Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 11067static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 11068 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 11069 if (!InitExpr) 11070 return true; 11071 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 11072 11073 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 11074 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 11075 return true; 11076 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 11077 if (!IL) 11078 return true; 11079 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 11080 return true; 11081 11082 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 11083 } 11084 11085 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 11086 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 11087 if (!DRE) 11088 return true; 11089 11090 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 11091 if (!EnumConstant) 11092 return true; 11093 11094 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 11095 Enum) 11096 return true; 11097 11098 return false; 11099} 11100 11101struct DupKey { 11102 int64_t val; 11103 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 11104 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 11105 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 11106}; 11107 11108static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 11109 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 11110 false); 11111} 11112 11113struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 11114 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 11115 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 11116 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 11117 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 11118 } 11119 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 11120 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 11121 LHS.val == RHS.val; 11122 } 11123}; 11124 11125// Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 11126// a previous element has already been set to. 11127static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, Decl **Elements, 11128 unsigned NumElements, EnumDecl *Enum, 11129 QualType EnumType) { 11130 if (S.Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, 11131 Enum->getLocation()) == 11132 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 11133 return; 11134 // Avoid anonymous enums 11135 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 11136 return; 11137 11138 // Only check for small enums. 11139 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 11140 return; 11141 11142 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 11143 typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector; 11144 11145 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 11146 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 11147 ValueToVectorMap; 11148 11149 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 11150 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 11151 11152 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 11153 // an initialier. 11154 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumElements; ++i) { 11155 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 11156 11157 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 11158 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 11159 if (!ECD) { 11160 return; 11161 } 11162 11163 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 11164 continue; 11165 11166 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 11167 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 11168 11169 // First time encountering this value. 11170 if (Entry.isNull()) 11171 Entry = ECD; 11172 } 11173 11174 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 11175 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumElements; ++i) { 11176 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 11177 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 11178 continue; 11179 11180 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 11181 11182 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 11183 if (Entry.isNull()) 11184 continue; 11185 11186 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 11187 // Ensure constants are different. 11188 if (D == ECD) 11189 continue; 11190 11191 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 11192 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 11193 Vec->push_back(D); 11194 Vec->push_back(ECD); 11195 11196 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 11197 Entry = Vec; 11198 11199 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 11200 // diagnostics. 11201 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 11202 continue; 11203 } 11204 11205 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 11206 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 11207 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 11208 continue; 11209 11210 Vec->push_back(ECD); 11211 } 11212 11213 // Emit diagnostics. 11214 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 11215 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 11216 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 11217 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 11218 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 11219 11220 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 11221 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 11222 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 11223 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 11224 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 11225 ++I; 11226 11227 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 11228 // the same value. 11229 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 11230 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 11231 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 11232 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 11233 delete Vec; 11234 } 11235} 11236 11237void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 11238 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 11239 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 11240 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 11241 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 11242 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 11243 11244 if (Attr) 11245 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 11246 11247 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 11248 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 11249 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 11250 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 11251 if (!ECD) continue; 11252 11253 ECD->setType(EnumType); 11254 } 11255 11256 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 11257 return; 11258 } 11259 11260 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 11261 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 11262 // emit a warning. 11263 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 11264 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 11265 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 11266 11267 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 11268 // reverse the list. 11269 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 11270 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 11271 11272 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 11273 bool AllElementsInt = true; 11274 11275 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 11276 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 11277 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 11278 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 11279 11280 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 11281 11282 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 11283 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 11284 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 11285 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 11286 else 11287 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 11288 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 11289 11290 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 11291 if (AllElementsInt) 11292 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 11293 } 11294 11295 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 11296 QualType BestType; 11297 unsigned BestWidth; 11298 11299 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 11300 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 11301 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 11302 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 11303 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 11304 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 11305 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 11306 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 11307 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 11308 QualType BestPromotionType; 11309 11310 bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false; 11311 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 11312 // enum definitions. 11313 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 11314 Packed = true; 11315 11316 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 11317 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 11318 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 11319 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 11320 else 11321 BestPromotionType = BestType; 11322 // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type 11323 // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers 11324 // warn that it might be used uninitialized. 11325 BestWidth = CharWidth; 11326 } 11327 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 11328 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 11329 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 11330 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 11331 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 11332 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 11333 BestWidth = CharWidth; 11334 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 11335 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 11336 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 11337 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 11338 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 11339 BestType = Context.IntTy; 11340 BestWidth = IntWidth; 11341 } else { 11342 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 11343 11344 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 11345 BestType = Context.LongTy; 11346 } else { 11347 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 11348 11349 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 11350 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large); 11351 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 11352 } 11353 } 11354 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 11355 } else { 11356 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 11357 // all of the enumerator values. 11358 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 11359 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 11360 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 11361 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 11362 BestWidth = CharWidth; 11363 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 11364 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 11365 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 11366 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 11367 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 11368 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 11369 BestWidth = IntWidth; 11370 BestPromotionType 11371 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11372 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 11373 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 11374 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 11375 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 11376 BestPromotionType 11377 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11378 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 11379 } else { 11380 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 11381 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 11382 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 11383 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 11384 BestPromotionType 11385 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11386 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 11387 } 11388 } 11389 11390 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 11391 // the type of the enum if needed. 11392 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 11393 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 11394 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 11395 11396 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 11397 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 11398 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 11399 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 11400 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 11401 11402 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 11403 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 11404 11405 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 11406 // the enum decl type. 11407 QualType NewTy; 11408 unsigned NewWidth; 11409 bool NewSign; 11410 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11411 !Enum->isFixed() && 11412 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 11413 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 11414 NewWidth = IntWidth; 11415 NewSign = true; 11416 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 11417 // Already the right type! 11418 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11419 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 11420 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 11421 // enumeration. 11422 ECD->setType(EnumType); 11423 continue; 11424 } else { 11425 NewTy = BestType; 11426 NewWidth = BestWidth; 11427 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 11428 } 11429 11430 // Adjust the APSInt value. 11431 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 11432 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 11433 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 11434 11435 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 11436 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 11437 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 11438 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 11439 CK_IntegralCast, 11440 ECD->getInitExpr(), 11441 /*base paths*/ 0, 11442 VK_RValue)); 11443 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11444 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 11445 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 11446 // enumeration. 11447 ECD->setType(EnumType); 11448 else 11449 ECD->setType(NewTy); 11450 } 11451 11452 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 11453 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 11454 11455 // If we're declaring a function, ensure this decl isn't forgotten about - 11456 // it needs to go into the function scope. 11457 if (InFunctionDeclarator) 11458 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(Enum); 11459 11460 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, NumElements, Enum, EnumType); 11461 11462 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 11463 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 11464 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 11465} 11466 11467Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 11468 SourceLocation StartLoc, 11469 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 11470 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 11471 11472 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 11473 AsmString, StartLoc, 11474 EndLoc); 11475 CurContext->addDecl(New); 11476 return New; 11477} 11478 11479DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, 11480 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 11481 ModuleIdPath Path) { 11482 Module *Mod = PP.getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, 11483 Module::AllVisible, 11484 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 11485 if (!Mod) 11486 return true; 11487 11488 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 11489 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 11490 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 11491 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 11492 // We need the length to be consistent. 11493 if (!ModCheck) 11494 break; 11495 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 11496 11497 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 11498 } 11499 11500 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, 11501 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 11502 AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc, 11503 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 11504 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import); 11505 return Import; 11506} 11507 11508void Sema::createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod) { 11509 // Create the implicit import declaration. 11510 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 11511 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 11512 Loc, Mod, Loc); 11513 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 11514 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 11515 11516 // Make the module visible. 11517 PP.getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc); 11518} 11519 11520void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 11521 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 11522 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 11523 SourceLocation NameLoc, 11524 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 11525 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 11526 LookupOrdinaryName); 11527 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = 11528 ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context, AliasName->getName()); 11529 11530 if (PrevDecl) 11531 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 11532 else 11533 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 11534 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr)); 11535} 11536 11537void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 11538 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 11539 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 11540 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 11541 11542 if (PrevDecl) { 11543 PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context)); 11544 } else { 11545 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 11546 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 11547 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc))); 11548 } 11549} 11550 11551void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 11552 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 11553 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 11554 SourceLocation NameLoc, 11555 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 11556 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 11557 LookupOrdinaryName); 11558 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 11559 11560 if (PrevDecl) { 11561 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 11562 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 11563 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 11564 } else { 11565 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 11566 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 11567 } 11568} 11569 11570Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 11571 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 11572} 11573 11574AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { 11575 const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext()); 11576 return D->getAvailability(); 11577} 11578